Page 1 FTOS Command Line Reference Guide for the Z9000 System FTOS 9.1.(0.0)
Page 2: Notes, Cautions, And Warnings
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2013 Dell Inc. Trademarks used in this text: Dell , the Dell logo, Dell Boomi , Dell Precision , OptiPlex...
Page 3: Table Of Contents
Contents Notes, Cautions, and Warnings....................2 1 About this Guide........................43 ................................43 Objectives .................................43 Audience ................................43 Conventions ..............................44 Information Icons 2 CLI Basics...........................45 ..........................45 Accessing the Command Line ..........................45 Multiple Configuration Users ................................47 Object Missing ................................47 Obtaining Help ..........................48 Using the Keyword no Command ............................49 Filtering show Commands ..............................50...
Page 4 ..............................72 format flash (Z9000) ..........................72 fsck flash (S-Series and Z-Series) ..................................73 ..................................73 rename ..............................74 show boot system ................................75 show bootvar ..................................76 show file ..............................77 show file-systems .................................78 show linecard ..............................79 show os-version ...............................80 show running-config ..............................84 show startup-config ................................84 show version .............................87 upgrade (C-Series version) .............................88...
Page 5 ..................................112 exit ..............................113 ftp-server enable ..............................114 ftp-server topdir .............................114 ftp-server username ................................115 hostname ..............................116 ip ftp password ............................116 ip ftp source-interface ..............................118 ip ftp username ............................118 ip telnet server enable .............................119 ip telnet source-interface ............................120 ip tftp source-interface ..................................121 line .................................122 linecard ..........................123...
Page 6 ....................165 show processes memory (C-Series and E-Series) ........................168 show processes memory (S-Series) ........................171 show processes switch-utilization ................................171 show rpm ..............................174 show software ifm ..............................175 show switch links ........................176 show system (S-Series and Z-Series) ......................179 show tech-support (C-Series and E-Series) ......................182 show tech-support (S-Series and Z-Series) ................................185 ssh-peer-rpm...
Page 7 6 Access Control Lists (ACL)....................211 ........................211 Commands Common to all ACL Types ..............................211 description ................................212 remark ..............................213 show config ..........................214 Common IP ACL Commands ..............................214 access-class ........................214 clear counters ip access-group .............................215 ip access-group .........................216 ip control-plane egress-filter ........................216 show ip accounting access-list ..........................218 Standard IP ACL Commands ................................218...
Page 8 ..........................265 Standard MAC ACL Commands ................................265 deny ..........................266 mac access-list standard ................................267 permit ..................................269 ..........................270 Extended MAC ACL Commands ................................270 deny ..........................272 mac access-list extended ................................273 permit ..................................275 ............................276 IP Prefix List Commands ............................276 clear ip prefix-list ................................277 deny ..............................278 ip prefix-list ................................279 permit...
Page 9 .................................300 set origin ................................301 set tag ...............................301 set weight ..............................302 show config .............................302 show route-map ..............................303 AS-Path Commands ................................303 deny .............................304 ip as-path access-list ................................305 permit ..............................306 show config .........................306 show ip as-path-access-lists ..........................307 IP Community List Commands ................................307 deny ............................308 ip community-list ................................309...
Page 10 ..............................332 bgp asnotation ..........................333 bgp bestpath as-path ignore ......................334 bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax ..........................334 bgp bestpath med confed ........................335 bgp bestpath med missing-as-best ........................335 bgp bestpath router-id ignore ........................336 bgp client-to-client reflection ..............................336 bgp cluster-id ...........................337 bgp confederation identifier ..........................338 bgp confederation peers ...............................339 bgp dampening...
Page 11 ........................361 neighbor advertisement-start ............................361 neighbor allowas-in ..........................362 neighbor default-originate ............................362 neighbor description ...........................363 neighbor distribute-list ..........................364 neighbor ebgp-multihop ............................364 neighbor fall-over ............................365 neighbor filter-list ..........................366 neighbor graceful-restart ............................367 neighbor local-as ..........................367 neighbor maximum-prefix ....................368 neighbor next-hop-self (C-, E-, and S-Series) ............................369 neighbor password ......................370...
Page 12 ............................397 show ip bgp filter-list ..........................398 show ip bgp flap-statistics ..........................400 show ip bgp inconsistent-as ...........................401 show ip bgp neighbors .............................406 show ip bgp next-hop ............................407 show ip bgp paths ..........................408 show ip bgp paths as-path ........................409 show ip bgp paths community ..........................410 show ip bgp peer-group ............................412...
Page 13 ............................437 show ip bgp filter-list ..........................437 show ip bgp flap-statistics ..........................438 show ip bgp inconsistent-as ......................439 show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors ..........................442 show ip bgp peer-group ............................442 show ip bgp summary ........................444 BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) ................................444 deny ..............................445 deny regex ..............................446...
Page 14 ........................466 capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) ........................466 capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size ..........................467 clear ip bgp * (asterisk) ..........................468 clear ip bgp as-number ..........................469 clear ip bgp ipv6-address ..........................470 clear ip bgp peer-group ........................470 debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening ........................471 clear ip bgp ipv6 flap-statistics ..............................472 debug ip bgp ........................472...
Page 15 ..........................494 neighbor update-source .............................494 neighbor weight ................................495 network ............................496 network backdoor ..............................497 redistribute ...............................498 redistribute isis .............................499 redistribute ospf ...............................499 router bgp ........................500 show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ..............................500 show config ..........................501 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast ......................501 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list ......................502 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community .......................503...
Page 16 ............................519 neighbor activate ........................520 neighbor advertisement-interval ..........................520 neighbor default-originate ...........................521 neighbor distribute-list ............................522 neighbor filter-list2 ..........................522 neighbor maximum-prefix ...........................523 neighbor next-hop-self ...........................524 neighbor remove-private-as ............................524 neighbor route-map ........................525 neighbor route-reflector-client ................................525 network ..............................526 redistribute ..........................527 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast ......................529 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list ......................529...
Page 17 ............................555 show cam-usage ...............................557 test cam-usage 11 Control Plane Policing (CoPP).....................561 ............................561 control-plane-cpuqos ........................561 service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues ........................562 service-policy rate-limit-protocols ............................563 show cpu-queue rate cp ........................563 show ip protocol-queue-mapping ........................564 show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping ........................565 show mac protocol-queue-mapping 12 Debugging and Diagnostics....................567 .......................567 Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands ............................567...
Page 18 ..............................592 default-router ................................593 disable ..............................593 dns-server ..............................593 domain-name ............................594 excluded-address ............................594 hardware-address .................................595 host ................................595 lease ............................596 netbios-name-server ............................596 netbios-node-type ................................597 network .................................597 pool .............................597 show ip dhcp binding ..........................598 show ip dhcp configuration .............................598 show ip dhcp conflict ............................598 show ip dhcp server .........................599 Commands to Configure Secure DHCP...
Page 19 ...............................616 ip ecmp-group ............................616 ipv6 ecmp-deterministic ...........................617 link-bundle-monitor enable ......................617 link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold ................................618 show config ..........................618 show link-bundle distribution 15 FIPS Cryptography........................619 ..................................619 FIPS ..............................619 fips mode enable ..............................620 show fips status ................................620 show ip ssh ..................................621 16 FIP Snooping..........................625 ......................625 clear fip-snooping database interface vlan ..........................626...
Page 20 ..................................647 timer 18 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP)..................649 ..............................650 clear gvrp statistics ................................651 debug gvrp ...................................652 disable ................................652 garp timers ................................653 gvrp enable ..............................654 gvrp registration .................................655 protocol gvrp ................................655 show config ..............................655 show garp timers ................................656 show gvrp ..............................657 show gvrp statistics 19 GRUB............................661 ..................................661 clear...
Page 21 ............................681 ip igmp snooping enable ..........................681 ip igmp snooping fast-leave ............................682 ip igmp snooping flood .....................683 ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval .............................683 ip igmp snooping mrouter ............................684 ip igmp snooping querier ...........................685 show ip igmp snooping mrouter 22 Interfaces..........................687 ..........................687 Basic Interface Commands ...............................687 clear counters ..............................689...
Page 22 ..........................729 show interfaces dampening ...........................730 show interfaces debounce ..........................730 show interfaces description ............................732 show interfaces linecard .............................734 show interfaces phy ...........................736 show interfaces stack-unit ............................737 show interfaces status ..........................738 show interfaces switchport ..........................740 show interfaces transceiver ................................745 show range ........................746 show running-config ecmp-group ................................746 shutdown...
Page 23 ................................774 clear host ...............................774 clear ip fib linecard ............................775 clear ip fib stack-unit .................................776 clear ip route ..............................776 clear tcp statistics ................................777 debug arp ...............................778 debug ip dhcp ................................779 debug ip icmp ..............................781 debug ip packet ................................784 ip address ............................784 ip directed-broadcast ................................785 ip domain-list...
Page 24 ..............................821 show ip protocols ................................822 show ip route ..............................825 show ip route list ............................826 show ip route summary ...............................827 show ip traffic ..........................830 show protocol-termination-table ..............................831 show tcp statistics 24 IPv6 Basics..........................835 ................................835 clear ipv6 fib ..............................835 clear ipv6 route ...............................836 clear ipv6 mld_host ............................836...
Page 25 ............................861 debug isis spf-triggers ...........................862 debug isis update-packets ..........................862 default-information originate ................................864 description ................................864 distance ..............................865 distribute-list in ..............................866 distribute-list out ........................867 distribute-list redistributed-override ..............................867 domain-password ...............................868 graceful-restart ietf ............................869 graceful-restart interval ..............................869 graceful-restart t1 ..............................870 graceful-restart t2 ..............................870 graceful-restart t3 ..........................871 graceful-restart restart-wait ................................872...
Page 26 ................................889 redistribute ..............................891 redistribute bgp ..............................892 redistribute ospf ................................894 router isis ..............................894 set-overload-bit ................................895 show config ...............................896 show isis database ...........................898 show isis graceful-restart detail ..............................899 show isis hostname ..............................899 show isis interface ..............................900 show isis neighbors ..............................902 show isis protocol ..............................902 show isis traffic ................................904...
Page 27 ......................928 show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) .............................930 show cam mac stack-unit ............................931 show mac-address-table ........................934 show mac-address-table aging-time ........................934 show mac accounting destination ..............................936 show mac cam ............................937 show mac learning-limit ..........................938 Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands ................................938 description ...............................939 default vlan-id ..............................940...
Page 28 ............................966 show running-config lldp ............................967 LLDP-MED Commands ...........................967 advertise med guest-voice ........................968 advertise med guest-voice-signaling ........................969 advertise med location-identification ..........................970 advertise med power-via-mdi ..........................971 advertise med softphone-voice ..........................971 advertise med streaming-video ........................972 advertise med video-conferencing ..........................973 advertise med video-signaling ..............................974 advertise med voice ..........................975 advertise med voice-signaling...
Page 29 ..........................997 protocol spanning-tree mstp .................................998 revision ................................999 show config .........................999 show spanning-tree mst configuration ............................1000 show spanning-tree msti ..............................1003 spanning-tree ..............................1003 spanning-tree msti ..........................1004 spanning-tree mstp edge-port ..............................1005 tc-flush-standard 31 Multicast..........................1007 ..............................1009 Object Missing ..............................1009 clear ip mroute ................................1009 ip mroute .............................1010 ip multicast-lag-hashing ..............................1011...
Page 30 ............................1032 ipv6 nd suppress-ra ..............................1032 ipv6 neighbor ............................1033 show ipv6 neighbors 33 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3)............1035 .............................1035 OSPFv2 Commands ............................1037 area default-cost ..............................1038 area nssa ..............................1038 area range ..............................1039 area stub ..............................1040 auto-cost ..............................1041 clear ip ospf ..........................1041 clear ip ospf statistics ..............................1042...
Page 31 ..............................1064 mib-binding ..............................1065 network area ............................1065 passive-interface ..............................1067 redistribute ............................1068 redistribute bgp .............................1069 redistribute isis ................................1070 router-id ..............................1071 router ospf ..............................1072 show config ..............................1072 show ip ospf ............................1074 show ip ospf asbr ..........................1074 show ip ospf database ......................1076 show ip ospf database asbr-summary ........................1078 show ip ospf database external ........................1080...
Page 32 ...............................1113 ipv6 ospf cost ..........................1114 ipv6 ospf dead-interval .............................1114 ipv6 ospf encryption .......................1116 ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject ..........................1116 ipv6 ospf hello-interval ............................1117 ipv6 ospf priority .............................1117 ipv6 router ospf ............................1118 maximum-paths ............................1118 passive-interface ..............................1119 redistribute ................................1120 router-id ..........................1121 show crypto ipsec policy ..........................1123 show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 ..........................1125...
Page 33 36 Port Monitoring........................1149 ................................1149 description ..............................1150 flow-based enable ..............................1151 monitor session ................................1151 show config ............................1152 show monitor session ........................1153 show running-config monitor session .............................1154 source (port monitoring) 37 Private VLAN (PVLAN)......................1157 ...............................1158 ip local-proxy-arp ...............................1159 private-vlan mode ........................1160 private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan ..........................1160 show interfaces private-vlan ............................1162...
Page 34 ..........................1187 service-class dynamic dot1p ............................1188 show interfaces rate ............................1191 strict-priority queue ..........................1191 Policy-Based QoS Commands ............................1192 bandwidth-percentage ...............................1192 bandwidth-weight ................................1193 class-map ..............................1194 clear qos statistics ................................1195 description ............................1196 match ip access-group ..............................1197 match ip dscp ............................1198 match ip precedence ...........................1199 match mac access-group ..............................1200 match mac dot1p...
Page 35 ..................................1231 trust ..................................1232 wred ................................1233 wred-ecn ................................1234 wred-profile 40 Routing Information Protocol (RIP)..................1235 ..............................1235 auto-summary ................................1236 clear ip rip .................................1236 debug ip rip ..........................1237 default-information originate ..............................1238 default-metric ................................1239 description ................................1239 distance ..............................1240 distribute-list in ..............................1241 distribute-list out ..............................1242 ip poison-reverse ............................1243 ip rip receive version ...............................1244...
Page 36 ..............................1265 show rmon alarms ...............................1266 show rmon events ............................1267 show rmon hc-alarm ..............................1268 show rmon history ..............................1269 show rmon log ............................1270 show rmon statistics 42 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)................1273 ..............................1273 bridge-priority ...........................1274 debug spanning-tree rstp ................................1275 description .................................1275 disable ..............................1276 forward-delay ................................1277...
Page 37 ..............................1300 password .............................1301 password-attributes ........................1302 service password-encryption ..............................1302 show privilege ..............................1303 show users ..........................1304 timeout login response ..............................1304 username ............................1306 RADIUS Commands ..............................1306 debug radius ..........................1306 ip radius source-interface ..........................1307 radius-server deadtime ............................1308 radius-server host ............................1309 radius-server key ..........................1310 radius-server retransmit ...........................1311 radius-server timeout ............................1311...
Page 38 ........................1327 ip ssh hostbased-authentication ..............................1328 ip ssh key-size ........................1328 ip ssh password-authentication ............................1329 ip ssh pub-key-file ............................1330 ip ssh rhostsfile ........................1331 ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) ........................1331 ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) ..............................1332 ip ssh server ..............................1333 show crypto ..............................1334 show ip ssh .........................1335 show ip ssh client-pub-keys ........................1335...
Page 39 ..........................1356 sflow sample-rate (Global) ..........................1357 sflow sample-rate (Interface) ................................1358 show sflow ............................1359 show sflow linecard 46 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog........1361 ...............................1361 SNMP Commands ..............................1361 show snmp ............................1362 show snmp engineID ............................1363 show snmp group ............................1364 show snmp user ..........................1364 snmp ifmib ifalias long ..........................1365...
Page 40 ....................1392 show logging driverlog stack-unit (S-Series) ............................1393 terminal monitor 47 SNMP Traps.........................1395 48 Storm Control........................1401 ...........................1401 show storm-control broadcast ..........................1403 show storm-control multicast .......................1404 show storm-control unknown-unicast ......................1405 storm-control broadcast (Configuration) ........................1406 storm-control broadcast (Interface) ......................1407 storm-control multicast (Configuration) ........................1407 storm-control multicast (Interface) ....................1408 storm-control unknown-unicast (Configuration)
Page 41 ................................1435 ntp disable .............................1435 ntp multicast client ................................1436 ntp server ................................1437 ntp source ..............................1438 ntp trusted-key ............................1439 ntp update-calendar ..............................1439 show calendar ................................1440 show clock ............................1441 show ntp associations ..............................1442 show ntp status 51 VLAN Stacking........................1445 ................................1445 dei enable ................................1446 dei honor ................................1447 dei mark...
Page 42 53 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP)..............1469 ..............................1471 Object Missing ............................1471 advertise-interval ............................1471 authentication-type ............................1472 clear counters vrrp ..............................1472 debug vrrp ..............................1474 description ................................1474 disable ..............................1475 hold-time ................................1475 preempt ................................1476 priority ..............................1476 show config ..............................1477 show vrrp ................................1480 track .............................1481 virtual-address ............................1482 vrrp delay minimum ............................1482...
Page 43: About This Guide
About this Guide This book provides information about the Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in FTOS (C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z- Series, and S4810). References For more information about your system, refer to the following documents: •...
Page 44: Information Icons
Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allows you to choose any or all of the options. Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information.
Page 45: Cli Basics
Command Modes section. Multiple Configuration Users When a user enters CONFIGURATION mode and another user is already in CONFIGURATION mode, the Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) generates an alert warning message similar to the following: FTOS#conf % Warning: The following users are currently configuring the system: User ""...
Page 46 When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, FTOS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2.
Page 47: Object Missing
Object Missing This object is not available in the repository. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?. keywords at any command mode: To obtain a list of...
Page 48: Using The Keyword No Command
When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: • The commands are not case-sensitive. • You can enter partial (truncated) command keywords. For example, you can enter int gig int interface for the interface gigabitethernet interface command. •...
Page 49: Filtering Show Commands
Filtering show Commands To find specific information, display certain information only or begin the command output at the first instance of a regular expression or phrase, you can filter the display output of a show command. When you execute a show command, and then enter a pipe ( | ), one of the parameters listed below, and a regular expression, the resulting output either excludes or includes those parameters.
Page 50: Command Modes
Command Modes To navigate and launch various CLI modes, use specific commands. Navigation to these modes is described in the following sections. NOTE: Some of the following modes are not available on the C-Series or S-Series. EXEC Mode When you initially log in to the switch, by default, you are logged in to EXEC mode. This mode allows you to view settings and enter EXEC Privilege mode, which is used to configure the device.
Page 51: Line Mode
Prompt Interface Type FTOS(conf-if)# INTERFACE mode FTOS(conf-if- Gigabit Ethernet interface followed by the slot/port information gi-0/0)# FTOS(conf-if- Ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface followed by slot/port information te-0/0)# FTOS(conf-if- Forty-Gigabit Ethernet interface followed by slot/port information fo-0/0)# FTOS(conf-if- Loopback interface number lo-0)# FTOS(conf-if- Null Interface followed by zero nu-0)# FTOS(conf-if-...
Page 52 MAC ACCESS LIST Mode You must use the mac access-list standard or mac access-list extended command to enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACLs). To enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
Page 53: Spanning Tree Mode
AS-PATH ACL Mode You must use AS-PATH ACL mode to configure an AS-PATH Access Control List (ACL) on the E-Series. For more information, refer to Access Control Lists (ACL). To enter AS-PATH ACL mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
Page 54 Per-VLAN SPANNING TREE (PVST+) Plus Mode You must use PVST+ mode to enable and configure the Per-VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST+) protocol. For more information, refer to Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+). NOTE: The protocol name is PVST+, but the plus sign is dropped at the CLI prompt. To enter PVST+ mode: 1.
Page 55 To enter ROUTER OSPF mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_ospf-id). You can switch to INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to ROUTER RIP mode by using the router rip command.
Page 56: Determining Chassis Mode
2. Enter the config-vlt-domaincommand. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command. OPENFLOW INSTANCE Mode Use OPENFLOW INSTANCE mode to enable and configure OpenFlow instances. For more information, refer to Commands. To enter OPENFLOW INSTANCE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged into CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
Page 57: File Management
This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) on the E-Series, C-Series, S- Series, Z-Series, S4810 and S4820T platforms.
Page 58 NOTE: Dell Force10 strongly recommends using local files for configuration (RPM0, RPM1 flash, or slot0). When you specify a file as the boot config file, it is listed in the boot variables (bootvar) as LOCAL CONFIG FILE. • When you do not specify a boot config file, the startup-configuration is used, although the bootvar shows LOCAL CONFIG FILE = variable does not exist.
Page 59: Boot Host
boot host Set the location of the configuration file from a remote host. C-Series, E-Series Syntax boot host {primary | secondary} remote-url Parameters primary Enter the keyword primary to attempt to load the primary host configuration files. secondary Enter the keyword secondary to attempt to load the secondary host configuration files.
Page 60: Boot System
user:password@hostip/ • For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp:// filepath hostip/filepath • For a file on a TFTP server, enter tftp:// Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series Original command Usage To display these changes in the show bootvar command output, save the running Information configuration to the startup configuration (using the copy command).
Page 61: Boot System (S4810 And Z9000)
• on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename • on a TFTP server, enter tftp://hostip/filepath Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series Original command Usage To display these changes in the show bootvar command output, save the running Information configuration to the startup configuration (using the copy command) and reload the system.
Page 62: Boot System Gateway
A: | B: Enter A: or B: to boot one of the system partitions. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Deprecated command. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage To display these changes in the show bootvar command output, you must save the running Information configuration to the startup configuration (using the copy command) and reload system.
Page 63: Change Bootflash-Image
Change to a different working directory. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax cd directory Parameters directory (OPTONAL) Enter one of the following: • flash: (internal Flash) or any sub-directory • slot0: (external Flash) or any sub-directory (C-Series and E-Series only) Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.6.1.0...
Page 64: Copy
Usage A system message appears stating that the bootflash image has been changed. You must Information reload the system before the system can switch to the new bootflash image. copy hostip field). Copy one file to another location. FTOS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax copy source-file-url destination-file-url...
Page 65 To copy a file on enter slot0:// followed by the filename the external FLASH To copy a file on enter tftp://hostip/filepath a TFTP server ExaScale only: To copy a file enter rpm0usbflash://filepath from a USB drive on RPM0 To copy a file enter usbflash://filepath from an external USB drive...
Page 66: Copy (Streamline Upgrade)
[external]]] Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: source-url Enter the source file in url format. The source file is a valid Dell Force10 release image. Image validation is automatic. target-url Enter the local target file in url format.
Page 67: Copy Running-Config Startup-Config
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage In this streamline copy command, the source image is copied to the primary RPM and Information then, if specified, to the standby RPM. After the copy is complete, the new image file path on each RPM is automatically configured as the primary image path for the next boot.
Page 68: Dir
• For a file or directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename or directory name. • For a file or directory on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename or directory name. no-confirm (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword no-confirm to specify that FTOS does not require user input for each file prior to deletion.
Page 69: Download Alt-Boot-Image
download alt-boot-image Download an alternate boot image to the chassis. C-Series, E-Series Syntax download alt-boot-image file-url Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Removed from E-Series and C-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command Usage Starting with FTOS 7.7.1.0, the functions of this command are incorporated into the upgrade Information command.
Page 70: Download Alt-System-Image
download alt-system-image Download an alternate system image (not the boot flash or boot selector image) to the chassis. E-Series Syntax download alt-system-image file-url Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Removed from E-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced Usage Starting with FTOS 7.7.1.0, the functions of this command are incorporated into the upgrade Information command.
Page 71: Format Flash (S-Series)
• The startup-config is erased. • All cacheboot data files are erased and you must reconfigure cacheboot to regain it. • All generated secure shell (SSH) keys are erased and you must recreate them. • All archived configuration files are erased. •...
Page 72: Format Flash (Z9000)
format flash (Z9000) Erase all existing files and reformat the file system in the internal flash memory or the USB drive. After the file system is formatted, files cannot be restored. Z-Series Syntax format [flash: | slot0: | usbflash: ] Parameters flash: | slot0: | •...
Page 73: Pwd
Usage You must include the colon (:) when entering this command. This command checks the Information specified flash memory for errors. If errors are found, the command recommends that you format the flash. CAUTION: If you elect to format the flash, all files – including the startup configuration file –...
Page 74: Show Boot System
Parameters Enter the following keywords and a filename: • For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series...
Page 75: Show Bootvar
--------------------------------------------- CP DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid RP1 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid RP2 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid linecard 0 is not present. linecard 1 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid linecard 2 DOWNLOAD BOOT 4.7.5.387 6.5.1.8 linecard 3 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid linecard 4 DOWNLOAD BOOT invalid invalid linecard 5 is not present.
Page 76: Show File
Related boot config – sets the location of configuration files on local devices. Commands boot host – sets the location of configuration files from the remote host. boot network – sets the location of configuration files from a remote network. boot system –...
Page 77: Show File-Systems
bridge-priority 8192 rapid-root-failover enable interface GigabitEthernet 0/0 no ip address shutdown Related format (C-Series and E-Series) – Erases all the existing files and reformats a filesystem on the Commands E-Series or C-Series platform. format flash (S-Series) – Erases all the existing files and reformats the filesystem in the internal flash memory on the S-Series.
Page 78: Show Linecard
Field Description Flags Displays the access available to the storage location. The following letters indicate the level of access: • r = read access • w = write access Prefixes Displays the name of the storage location. Related format (C-Series and E-Series) –...
Page 79: Show Os-Version
3 online E48TF FX000032632 4.7.7.171 4.7.7.171 A: invalid B: invalid A: 2.3.2.1 [b] B: 2.3.2.1 FTOS# show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified or, optionally, the image loaded on the RPM (C-Series and E-Series only). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show os-version [file-url]...
Page 80: Show Running-Config
runtime 7.5.1.0 control processor passed runtime 7.5.1.0 route processor passed runtime 7.5.1.0 terascale linecard passed boot flash 2.4.1.1 control processor passed boot flash 2.4.1.1 route processor passed boot flash 2.3.1.3 terascale linecard passed boot selector 2.4.1.1 control processor passed boot selector 2.4.1.1 route processor passed boot selector 2.3.1.3 terascale linecard passed FTOS# Example (C-...
Page 81 for the current BFD configuration for the current BGP configuration boot for the current boot configuration cam-profile for the current CAM profile in the configuration class-map for the current class-map configuration community- for the current community-list configuration list ecmp-group for the current ECMP group configuration ethernet for the current Ethernet CFM configuration fefd...
Page 82 msdp for the current MSDP configuration for the current NTP configuration ospf for the current OSPF configuration for the current PIM configuration policy-map- for the current input policy map input configuration policy-map- for the current output policy map output configuration po-failover- for the current Port-channel failover-group group...
Page 83 users for the current users configuration for the current VLT configuration wred-profile for the current wred-profile configuration configured (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword configuration to display line card interfaces with non-default configurations only. status (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword status to display the checksum for the running configuration and the start-up configuration.
Page 84: Show Startup-Config
show startup-config Display the startup configuration. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change.
Page 85 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: 5.3.1.0 Copyright (c) 1999-2004 by Dell Force10 Networks, Inc. Build Time: Sun May 9 00:57:03 PT 2004 Build Path: /local/local0/Release/5-4-1/SW/Bsp/Diag Dell Force10 uptime is 1 days, 3 hours, 16 minutes System image file is "/home/5.3.1/5.3.1.0/FTOS-ED- RPM1-5.3.1.0.bin" Chassis Type: E1200 Control Processor: IBM PowerPC 405GP (Rev D) with 268435456 bytes of memory.
Page 86 Dell Force10 Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: Z9K-ICC-PRIM- SYNC-8-3-11-173 Copyright (c) 1999-2012 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved. Build Time: Mon Jul 16 22:19:01 PDT 2012 Build Path: /local/local/build/build15/8.3.12.0/SW/SRC/Radius FTOS uptime is 1 minute(s) System image file is "s4810-14"...
Page 87: Upgrade (C-Series Version)
FTOS(conf)#int te 0/5 FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)#no shut FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)# FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)# FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)# FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)#ipv6 nd prefix FEC0::/10 FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)# FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)#show conf interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/5 ip address 78.21.1.3/24 ipv6 nd prefix fec0::/10 flowcontrol rx on tx on no shutdown FTOS(conf-if-te-0/5)# FTOS# upgrade (C-Series version) Upgrade the bootflash or boot selector image on a processor. C-Series Syntax upgrade {bootflash-image | bootselector-image | system-image}...
Page 88: Upgrade (E-Series Version)
booted Upgrade the bootflash or bootselector image using the currently running FTOS image. file-url Enter the following location keywords and information to upgrade using an FTOS image other than the one currently running: • for an internal flash, enter flash:// file-path/filename ftp:// user:password@hostip/filepath •...
Page 89 Parameters bootflash-image Enter the keyword bootflash-image to upgrade the bootflash image. bootselector- Enter the keyword bootselector-image to upgrade the boot image selector image. Use with technical assistance center (TAC)- supervision only. system-image Enter the keyword system-image to upgrade the cache boot image.
Page 90: Upgrade (S-Series Management Unit And Z-Series)
cached memory is released and returned for general use, but the URL is maintained and you do not have to specify it for subsequent upgrades. Related upgrade fpga-image – upgrades the FPGA version in the specified E-Series SFM. Commands boot system –...
Page 91 file-url Enter the following location keywords and information to upgrade using an FTOS image other than the one currently running: • To specify an FTOS image on the internal flash, enter flash:// file-path/filename. • To specify an FTOS image on an FTP server, enter ftp:// user:password@hostip/filepath.
Page 92: Upgrade Fpga-Image
........................................................................................! 12946259 bytes successfully copied FTOS# reload upgrade fpga-image You can use this command can only on systems with SFM3 modules (and only when required by the upgrade procedure in the release notes). Upgrade the FPGA version in the specified E-Series SFM3 and automatically initiate an automatic reset to complete the version upgrade.
Page 93: Restore Fpga-Image
Version 8.3.1.0 Added the rpm option. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example FTOS#upgrade sfm 1 autoreset SFM1: upgrade in progress !!! !!! !!! SFM1: upgrade complete SFM1 is active. Resetting it might temporarily impact traffic. Proceed with reset [confirm yes/no]: yes FTOS# Usage Reset the card using the power-cycle option after restoring the FPGA command.
Page 94: Upgrade Fpga-Image
NOTE: Contact Dell Force10 TAC before using this keyword. link-fpga (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords link-fpga to upgrade only the link FPGA on a fiber linecard. NOTE: Contact the Dell Force10 TAC before using this keyword. booted Upgrade the FPGA image using the currently running FTOS image.
Page 95 file-url Enter the following location keywords and information to upgrade the FPGA using an FTOS image other than the one currently running: • To specify an FTOS image on the internal flash, enter flash:// file-path/filename. • To specify an FTOS image on an FTP server, enter ftp:// user:password@hostip/filepath.
Page 97: Control And Monitoring
Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they apply to the following Dell Force10 platforms: E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810.
Page 98: Audible Cut-Off
must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the Usage Information command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. audible cut-off Turn off an audible alarm. E-Series Syntax audible cut-off...
Page 99: Banner Login
Usage Optionally, use the banner exec command to create a text string that is displayed when you Information access EXEC mode. The exec-banner command toggles that display. Example FTOS(conf)#banner exec ? LINE c banner-text c, where 'c' is a delimiting character FTOS(conf)#banner exec % Enter TEXT message.
Page 100: Banner Motd
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the keyword keyboard-interactive. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage A login banner message is displayed only in EXEC Privilege mode after entering the enable Information command followed by the password.
Page 101: Cam-Audit Linecard
line Enter a text string for your MOTD banner the message with your delineator. The delineator is a percent character (%). Defaults No banner is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 102: Clear Alarms
clear alarms Clear alarms on the system. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax clear alarms Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 103: Clear Line
clear line Reset a terminal line. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax clear line {line-number | aux 0 | console 0 | vty number} Parameters line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system. Range: 0 to 11. aux 0 Enter the keywords aux 0 to reset the auxiliary port.
Page 104: Debug Cpu-Traffic-Stats
If excessive traffic is received by the CPU, traffic will be rate controlled. NOTE: This command must be enabled before the show cpu-traffic-stats command displays traffic statistics. Dell Force10 recommends disabling debugging (no debug cpu-traffic-stats) after troubleshooting is complete. Related show cpu-traffic-stats –...
Page 105: Debug Ftpserver
debug ftpserver View transactions during an FTP session when a user is logged into the FTP server. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax debug ftpserver Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 106 Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax do command Parameters command Enter an EXEC-level command. Defaults none Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 107: Enable
enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax enable [level] Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of FTOS. Range: 0 to Defaults Command Modes EXEC...
Page 108: Enable Xfp-Power-Updates
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000 to replace the enable xfp-power- updates command. Version 8.3.10.0 Replacement command for the S4810 only. Replaces the enable xfp-power-updates command. Usage Use this command to enable polling and to configure the polling frequency. Information enable xfp-power-updates Enable 10–gigabit small form-factor pluggable (XFP) power updates for SNMP.
Page 109: End
Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • LINE • INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • VRRP •...
Page 110 Additionally, the 2.4 setting has a lower latency. When using nine SFMs in an ExaScale chassis, the 10.4 setting is line rate and the 2.4 setting reduces throughput. When the system has nine SFMs, Dell Force10 recommends using the 10.4 setting.
Page 111: Exec-Banner
exec-banner Enable the display of a text string when the user enters EXEC mode. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax exec-banner To disable the banner on terminal lines, use the no exec-banner command. Defaults Enabled on all lines (if configured, the banner appears). Command Modes LINE Command History...
Page 112: Exit
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage To remove the time interval, enter exec-timeout 0 0. Information Example FTOS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started.
Page 113: Ftp-Server Enable
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Related – returns to EXEC Privilege mode. Commands ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 114: Ftp-Server Topdir
E-Series Original command. Usage After you enable FTP server functions with the ftp-server enable command, Dell Information Force10 recommends specifying a top-level directory path. Without a top-level directory path specified, the FTOS directs users to the flash directory when logging in to the FTP server.
Page 115: Hostname
encryption-type (OPTIONAL) After the keyword password, enter one of the following numbers: • 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password • 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 116: Ip Ftp Password
ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: •...
Page 117 To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Page 118: Ip Ftp Username
ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax ip ftp username username To return to anonymous FTP connections, use the no ip ftp username [username] command. Parameters username Enter a text string as the user name up to 40 characters long. Defaults No user name is configured.
Page 119: Ip Telnet Source-Interface
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related ip ssh server – enables the secure shell (SSH) server on the system. Commands ip telnet source-interface Set an interface’s IP address as the source address in outgoing packets for Telnet sessions. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax ip telnet source-interface interface...
Page 120: Ip Tftp Source-Interface
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Related telnet – telnets to another device. Commands ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax ip tftp source-interface interface...
Page 121: Line
Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command line...
Page 122: Linecard
Related access-class – restricts the incoming connections to a particular IP address in an IP access Commands control list (ACL). password – specifies a password for users on terminal lines. show linecard – displays the line card(s) status. linecard Pre-configure a line card in a currently empty slot of the system or a different line card type for the slot. To pre-configure a 4-port 40G line card, refer to the linecard command.
Page 123: Linecard (4-Port 40G Line Card)
E48TB 48-port GE 10/100/1000Base-T line card with RJ45 interfaces (CB) E48VB 48-port GE 10/100/1000Base-T line card with RJ45 interfaces and PoE (CB) EX4PB 4-port 10GE LAN PHY line card with XFP optics (CB) EX8PB 8-port 10GE LAN PHY line card with XFP optics (CB) FTOS#linecard 3 EX4PB FTOS#show linecard 3 -- Line card 11 --...
Page 124 port- port-set1 Enter the port number(s) used to specify the active ports on port pipe number [ port- 1. Port-number range: 0 - 2. number ] On port pipe 1, 0 - 2 corresponds to ports 3, 4, and 5 on the line card. If you configure linerate mode, enter one port number for port pipe 1.
Page 125: Module Power-Off
module power-off Turn off power to a line card at next reboot. C-Series, E-Series Syntax module power-off linecard number Parameters number linecard Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number. The C-Series range is 0 to 7. The E-Series range is 0 to 13 on the E1200/1200i, 0 to 6 on the E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on the E300.
Page 126: Ping
ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ping [vrf <id>] [host | ip-address | ipv6-address] [count {number | continuous}] [datagram-size] [timeout] [source (ip src-ipv4-address) | interface] [tos] [df-bit (y|n)] [validate- reply(y|n)] [outgoing-interface] [pattern pattern] [sweep-min- size] [sweep-max-size] [sweep-interval] [ointerface (ip src- ipv4-address) | interface]...
Page 127 • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
Page 128 • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 129: Power-Off
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.31.1.255, timeout is 2 seconds: Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.208 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.216 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.205 16 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.209 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms FTOS#...
Page 130: Power-On
Related power-on – powers on a line card or standby SFM. Commands power-on Turn on power to a line card or the standby (extra) SFM. C-Series, E-Series Syntax power-on {linecard number | sfm sfm-slot-id} Parameters number linecard Enter the keyword linecard and a number for the line card slot number.
Page 131: Reset
Parameters conditional Reload if the condition is true. A configuration change to the nvram nvram-cfg- nvram-cfg-change to requires a switch reload. You must select change reload the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.1(0.0) Added ‘conditional’ parameter. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 132: Rpm Location-Led
NOTE: This option is supported on the C-Series only. number Enter the keyword rpm followed by a number for the RPM slot number. Range: 0 to 1. (Optional) Add the keyword hard or power-cycle (C-Series only) to power cycle the RPM. slot number Enter the keyword sfm followed by the failed or powered-off SFM slot number.
Page 133: Send
Usage The LED setting is not saved through power cycles. Information send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax send [*] | [line ] | [aux] | [console] | [vty] Parameters Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line.
Page 134: Service Timestamps
service timestamps Add time stamps to debug and log messages. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax service timestamps [debug | log] [datetime [localtime] [msec] [show-timezone] | uptime] To disable timestamping, use the no service timestamps [debug | log] command.
Page 135: Show Alarms
show alarms View alarms for the route process module (RPM), switch fabric modules (SFMs), line cards, and fan trays. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show alarms [threshold] Parameters threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds set for the line cards, RPM, and SFMs. Command Modes •...
Page 136: Show Chassis
show chassis View the configuration and status of modules in the system. Use this command to determine the chassis mode. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show chassis [brief] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a summary of the show chassis output. Command Modes •...
Page 137: Show Command-History
One trace log message is generated for each command. No password information is saved to Information this file. A command-history trace log is saved to a file after an RPM failover. This file is analyzed by the Dell Force10 TAC to help identify the root cause of an RPM failover. Example FTOS#show command-history...
Page 138 [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[service timestamps log datetime]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[hostname Force10]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[enable password 7 ******]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[username admin password 7 ******]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[enable restricted 7 ******]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[protocol spanning-tree rstp]by default from console...
Page 139: Show Command-Tree
show command-tree Display the entire CLI command tree, and optionally, display the utilization count for each commands and its options. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show command-tree [count | no] Parameters count Display the command tree with a usage counter for each command. Display all of the commands that may be preceded by the keyword no, which is the keyword used to remove a command from the running-configuration.
Page 140: Show Console Lp
show console lp View the buffered boot-up log of a line card. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show console lp number Parameters number Enter the line card slot number. Range: • 0–7 for the C300 • 0–13 for the E1200 • 0–6 for the E600 •...
Page 141 NOTE: This option is supported on the E-Series only. linecard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword linecard followed by either all or the slot number to display traffic statistics on the designated line card. NOTE: This option is supported on the C-Series only. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to display traffic statistics on the RP1.
Page 142: Show Debugging
Related debug cpu-traffic-stats – enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. Commands show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 143 Refer to the Examples for the show chassis, show command- history, and show cpu-traffic-stats commands for a comparison of output. linecard Enter the keyword linecard to view only information on line cards. linecard-voltage Enter the keyword linecard-voltage to view line card voltage information.
Page 144: Show Environment (S-Series)
5 not present 6 not present 7 not present 8 not present 9 not present 10 not present 11 booting 53C down up ok 12 not present 13 not present -- RPM Environment Status -- Slot Status Temp PEM0 PEM1 Voltage ------------------------------------------------------- 0 active 48C down up ok 1 not present...
Page 145 Parameters Enter the keyword all to view all components. Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans. The output of this command is chassis dependent. unit-id stack-unit Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the unit-id to display information on a specific stack member. The range is 0 to 1. Enter the keyword pem to view only information on power entry modules.
Page 146: Show Inventory (C-Series And E-Series)
--------------------------------------------- 0 0 up AC 0 1 absent Example (stack- FTOS#show environment stack-unit 0 unit) -- Unit Environment Status -- Unit Status Temp Voltage -------------------------------------------- 0* online 49C ok * Management Unit show inventory (C-Series and E-Series) Display the chassis type, components (including media), and FTOS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols.
Page 147 The double asterisk generally indicates the SFM’s frequency capabilities, indicating either that they are operating at 125 MHz or that the frequency capability, which is stored in an EPROM, cannot be determined. If there are no fibre ports in the line card, just the header under show inventory media is displayed.
Page 148: Show Inventory (S-Series And Z-Series)
Example (media FTOS#show inventory media 3 slot) Slot Port Type Media Serial Number F10Qualified ----------------------------------------------------- SFP 1000BASE-SX U9600L0 Example FTOS#show inventory media (inventory) Slot Port Type Media Serial Number F10Qualified ---------------------------------------------- 0 SFP 1000BASE-SX P11BWXZ 1 SFP 1000BASE-LX H833612 2 SFP 1000BASE-SX B342232075 Yes 3 SFP 1000BASE-SX P6F02U2...
Page 149 Command History Version 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to include Piece Part ID (PPID) and eSR4 optics. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for S-Series. S-Series output differs from E-Series. show inventory media displays. If Usage If there are no fiber ports in the unit, just the header under Media not present or...
Page 150: Show Linecard
0 Z9000-FAN Z5FX113300293 7520051702 A N/A N/A N/A 0 Z9000-FAN Z5FX113300160 7520051702 MY-08R4VK-75412-1BA-0474 A00 ABC1234 0 Z9000-FAN Z5FX113300136 7520051702 MY-08R4VK-75412-1BA-0474 A00 ABC1234 * - Management Unit Related • show interfaces – displays the interface configuration. Commands • show interfaces transceiver –...
Page 151 show linecard Description output Field Next Boot Displays whether the line card is to be brought online at the next system reload. Required Type Displays the line card type configured for the slot. The Required Type and Current Type must match. If they do not match, use the linecard command to reconfigure the line card type.
Page 152 Jumbo Capable : yes Boot Flash : A: 2.0.3.4 B: 2.0.3.4 [booted] Memory Size : 268435456 bytes Temperature : 49C Power Status : PEM0: absent or down PEM1: up Voltage : ok Serial Number : Part Number : Rev Vendor Id Date Code Country Code FTOS#...
Page 153: Show Linecard Boot-Information
show linecard boot-information View the line card status and boot information. E-Series Syntax show linecard boot-information Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 6.5.1.4 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage show linecard Description Information boot-...
Page 154: Show Memory (C-Series And E-Series)
Related show linecard – view the line card status. Commands upgrade (E-Series version) – upgrades the boot flash, boot selector, or system image. download alt-boot-image – downloads an alternate boot image to the chassis. download alt-full-image – downloads an alternate FTOS image to the chassis. download alt-system-image –...
Page 155: Show Memory (S-Series)
• In the show memory (C-Series and E-Series) output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes. • In the show processes memory (C-Series and E-Series) output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes plus the size of the system processes.
Page 156: Show Processes Cpu (C-Series And E-Series)
Example FTOS#show memory stack-unit 0 Statistics On Unit 0 Processor =========================== Total(b) Used(b) Free(b) Lowest(b) Largest(b) 268435456 4010354 264425102 264375410 264425102 show processes cpu (C-Series and E-Series) View CPU usage information based on processes running in the system. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show processes cpu [cp | rp1 | rp2] [lp [linecard-number [1-99] | all | summary]...
Page 157 Usage In the example below, the CPU utilization for the last five seconds is 4%/2%. The first number Information (4%) is the CPU utilization for the last five seconds. The second number (2%) indicates the percent of CPU time spent at the interrupt level. Example (cpu) FTOS#show processes cpu CPU Statistics On CP Processor...
Page 158: Show Processes Cpu (S-Series)
D Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x00000090 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 vrrp 0x0000008d 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 fvrp 0x00000088 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 xstp 0x00000084 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 span 0x00000083 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 0x00000080 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 igmp...
Page 159 Refer to Example (stack-unit). The unit ID range for the S4810 is 0 to summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary view of CPU usage for all members of the stack. Refer to Example (summary). (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipc to display interprocess communication statistics.
Page 160 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% bcmDPC 10690 1069 10000 0.00% 10.00% 2.97% 0 sysd 2380 238 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.50% 0 kfldintr 3 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 5 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 13 5 3 !-------- output truncated -------------! Example (stack- FTOS#show processes cpu stack-unit 0 unit)
Page 161 Total : 160231424, MaxUsed : 130596864 [09/19/2007 03:11:17] CurrentUsed: 130596864, CurrentFree: 29634560 SharedUsed : 14261872, SharedFree : 6709672 PID Process ResSize Size Allocs Frees Max Current 124 KernLrnAgMv 140410880 117 frrp 5677056 217088 87650 87650 87650 116 xstp 7585792 1536000 551812 49692 518684 502120 109 span 5709824...
Page 162: Show Processes Ipc Flow-Control
Related show hardware layer2 acl – displays Layer 2 ACL data for the selected stack member and Commands stack member port-pipe. show hardware layer3 – displays Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. show hardware stack-unit –...
Page 163 Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Field Description Information Source QID /Tx Source Service Identifier Process Destination QID/Rx Destination Service Identifier Process...
Page 164 DHCP0 IFMGR0 RTM0 ARPMGR0 ACL20 IGMP0 LACP0 IFMGR0 ARPMGR0 MRTM0 ACL20 PIM0 MACMGR0 ACL0 TCLASSMGR0 ARPMGR0 IFMGR0 IPMGR2 !---------------output truncated ----------------------------! Example (E- FTOS# show processes ipc flow-control cp Series) Q Statistics on CP Processor TxProcess RxProcess Cur High Time Retr Msg Aval Len Mark Out Sent Rcvd Retra Retra...
Page 165: Show Processes Memory (C-Series And E-Series)
Example (S- FTOS#show processes ipc flow-control Series) Q Statistics on CP Processor TxProcess RxProcess Cur High Time Retr Msg Aval Max Len Mark Out Sent Rcvd Retra Retra ACL0 RTM0 10 10 ACL0 DIFFSERV0 0 10 10 ACL0 IGMP0 10 10 ACL0 PIM0 10 10...
Page 166 lp summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lp summary to view a summary of the line card CP memory usage. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to view memory usage of the Route Processor 1. NOTE: This option is supported on the E-Series only. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view memory usage of the Route Processor 2.
Page 167 show processes Description memory rp1/ rep2 output Field Maximum dynamic memory allocated Current Current dynamic memory in use The output for show process memory displays the memory usage statistics running on the CP part (sysd) of the system. The sysd is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the C-Series’...
Page 168: Show Processes Memory (S-Series)
104 acl 4734976 430080 1127524 0 1127524 1127524 100 sysd1 11636736 2019328 965798 965798 965798 98 sysmon 528384 94208 36 sshd 1286144 430080 34 inetd 663552 98304 32 mount_mfs 42397696 2514944 19 mount_mfs 364544 2449408 6 sh 446464 737280 5 aiodoned 76529664 4 ioflush 76529664 3 reaper...
Page 169 Parameters management-unit Enter the keyword management-unit for CPU memory usage of the stack management unit. unit id stack unit Enter the keyword stack unit followed by a stack unit ID of the member unit for which to display memory usage on the forwarding processor.
Page 170 For the S-Series, the output of the show memory command and this command differ based on which FTOS processes are counted. • In the show memory output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes. • In the output of this command, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes plus the size of the system processes.
Page 171: Show Processes Switch-Utilization
show processes switch-utilization Show switch fabric utilization. E-Series Syntax show processes switch-utilization Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. E-Series Original command. Usage An asterisk ( * ) in the output indicates a legacy card that is not support by the show Information processes switch-utilization command.
Page 172 E-Series Original command. Usage show rpm Description Information output Field Status Displays the RPM’s status. Next Boot Displays whether the RPM is to be brought online at the next system reload. Card Type Displays the RPM catalog number. Hardware Rev Displays the E-Series chipset hardware revision level: 1.0 (non- Jumbo);...
Page 173 show rpm Description output Field RP2 Boot Flash Displays the two possible Boot Flash versions for the Routing Processor 2. The [Booted] keyword next to the version states which version was used at system boot. CP Mem Size Displays the memory of the control processor. RP1 Mem Size Displays the memory of the Routing Processor 1.
Page 174: Show Software Ifm
show sfm – view information on the SFM. show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | stack-unit unit-ID | trace-flags} Parameters clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients.
Page 175: Show Switch Links
trace-flags Enter the keyword trace-flags to display IFM information for internal trace flags. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series.
Page 176: Show System (S-Series And Z-Series)
Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example FTOS# show switch links backplane Switch fabric backplane link status: SFM0 Links Status SFM1 Links Status LC SlotID Port0 | Port1 | Port2 | Port3 | Port4 | Port5 | Port6 | Port7 down down...
Page 177 • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.4 The brief parameter no longer displays the current Reload mode. To display Reload mode, use the show reload-type command. Modified the show system stack-unit command output to support Piece Part ID (PPID). Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 178 Hardware Rev : 3.0 Num Ports : 128 Up Time : 8 min, 50 sec FTOS Version : 8.3.11.3b Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : no Boot Flash : 3.0.1.1 BIOS version : 3.0.0.0 Memory Size : 3472461824 bytes Temperature : 44C Voltage...
Page 179: Show Tech-Support (C-Series And E-Series)
– displays the data plane and management plane input and output statistics of a particular stack member. show tech-support (C-Series and E-Series) Display, or save to a file, a collection of data from other show commands, the information necessary for Dell Force10 technical support to perform troubleshooting. C-Series, E-Series...
Page 180 Example (C- FTOS#show tech-support page Series) ----------- show version -------------------------- Dell Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: FTOS 7.5.1.0 Copyright (c) 1999-2007 by Force10 Networks, Inc. Build Time: Tue Sep 12 15:39:17 IST 2006...
Page 181 96 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) ---------- show HA information ------------------- -- RPM Status -- ------------------------------------------------ RPM Slot ID: RPM Redundancy Role: Primary RPM State: Active RPM SW Version: CS-1-1-317 Link to Peer: Down Peer RPM: not present -- RPM Redundancy Configuration -- ------------------------------------------------ Primary RPM: rpm0...
Page 182: Show Tech-Support (S-Series And Z-Series)
(C-Series and E-Series) – displays memory usage based on running processes. show tech-support (S-Series and Z-Series) Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Force10 technical support to perform troubleshooting on S-Series or Z-Series switches. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax...
Page 183 Usage Without the page or stack-unit option, the command output is continuous. Use Ctrl-z to Information interrupt the command output. The save option works with other filtering commands. This allows you to save specific information of a show command. The save entry must always be the last option. For example: FTOS#show tech-support |grep regular-expression |except regular-expression | find regular-expression | save flash:// result...
Page 184 FTOS#show tech-support stack-unit 0 Series) ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------- Dell Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: FTOS 7.6.1.0 Copyright (c) 1999-2007 by Dell Force10 Networks, Inc. Build Time: Tue Sep 12 15:39:17 IST 2006...
Page 185: Ssh-Peer-Rpm
ssh-peer-rpm Open an secure shell (SSH) connection to the peer RPM. C-Series, E-Series Syntax ssh-peer-rpm [-l username] Parameters username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l followed by your user name. Default: The user name associated with the terminal. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes •...
Page 186: Telnet
telnet Connect through Telnet to a server. The Telnet client and server in FTOS support IPv4 and IPv6 connections. You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name } [/source-interface]...
Page 187: Telnet-Peer-Stack-Unit
• EXEC Privilege Command History source-interface for link- Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Added support for local IPv6 addressing. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). Increased the number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4).
Page 188: Terminal Xml
Parameters screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is 0 to 512. Defaults 24 lines Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 189: Traceroute
traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} Parameters host Enter the name of device. vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF Instance name.
Page 190 For IPv6, you are prompted for a minimum hop count (default is 1) and a maximum hop count (default is 64). Example (IPv4) FTOS#traceroute www.force10networks.com Translating "www.force10networks.com"...domain server (10.11.0.1) [OK] Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------- Tracing the route to www.force10networks.com (10.11.84.18), 30 hops max, 40 byte packets ----------------------------------------------- TTL Hostname...
Page 191: Undebug All
undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax undebug all Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 192: Virtual-Ip
Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and expanded to support command history, hardware trace, and software trace logs. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage The log information is uploaded to flash:/TRACE_LOG_DIR. Information virtual-ip Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interface.
Page 193: Write
Related ip address – assigns a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. Commands write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax write {memory | terminal} Parameters memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file.
Page 195: 802.1X
LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
Page 196: Debug Dot1X
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] Parameters Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages.
Page 197: Dot1X Auth-Server
Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage If the host responds to 802.1X with an incorrect login/password, the login fails. The switch Information attempts to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached. If the authentication fails after all allowed attempts, the interface moves to the authentication failed VLAN.
Page 198: Dot1X Authentication (Configuration)
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: Information • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command).
Page 199: Dot1X Authentication (Interface)
dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. C-Series, E-Series TereaScale, S-Series, S4810 Syntax ot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.12.0...
Page 200: Dot1X Host-Mode
If the host fails authentication for the designated number of times, the authenticator places the port in authentication failed VLAN (dot1x auth-fail-vlan). NOTE: You can create the Layer 3 portion of a guest VLAN and authentication fail VLANs regardless if the VLAN is assigned to an interface or not. After an interface is assigned a guest VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic.
Page 201: Dot1X Mac-Auth-Bypass
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, FTOS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. C-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command.
Page 202: Dot1X Max-Supplicants
dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in Multi-Auth mode. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series, S4810 Syntax dot1x max-supplicants number Parameters number Enter the number of supplicants that can be authenticated on a single port in Multi-Auth mode.
Page 203: Dot1X Quiet-Period
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage The authenticator completes authentication only when port-control is set to auto. Information dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command.
Page 204: Dot1X Reauth-Max
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can reauthenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command.
Page 205: Dot1X Supplicant-Timeout
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the Information communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
Page 206: Dot1X Tx-Period
dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is 1 to 65535.
Page 207: Show Dot1X Interface
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Enter a supplicant’s MAC address using the mac-address option to display CoS mapping Information information only for the specified supplicant. You can display the CoS mapping information applied to traffic from authenticated supplicants on 802.1X-enabled ports that are in Single-Hot, Multi-Host, and Multi-Supplicant authentication modes.
Page 208 Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 209 Backend State: Initialize FTOS# Example (mac- FTOS#show dot1x interface gig 2/21 mac-address address) 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.1x information on Gi 2/21: ----------------------------- Dot1x Status: Enable Port Control: AUTO Re-Authentication: Disable Guest VLAN: Disable Guest VLAN id: NONE Auth-Fail VLAN: Disable Auth-Fail VLAN id: NONE Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: NONE Mac-Auth-Bypass:...
Page 210 Authenticated Backend State: Idle Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:11 192 | 802.1X www.dell.com | s u p p o r t . d e l l.com Port Auth Status: AUTHORIZED Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Authenticated...
Page 211: Access Control Lists (Acl)
Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) on all E-Series, C-Series, S- Series, Z-Series, or S4810 platforms. FTOS supports the following types of ACL, IP prefix list, and route maps: •...
Page 212: Remark
Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 213: Show Config
Usage The remark command is available in each ACL mode. You can configure up to 4294967290 Information remarks in a given ACL. The example below shows the use of the remark command twice within CONFIGURATION- STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST mode. The same sequence number was used for the remark and for an associated ACL rule.
Page 214: Common Ip Acl Commands
Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode- specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit.
Page 215: Ip Access-Group
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 216: Ip Control-Plane Egress-Filter
Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Usage You can assign one ACL (standard or extended ACL) to an interface.
Page 217 • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port- channel followed by a number. For the C-Series and S- Series, the range is 1 to 128. For the E-Series, the range is 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
Page 218: Standard Ip Acl Commands
Standard IP ACL Commands When you create an ACL without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The C-Series and S-Series platforms (except the S4810) support Ingress IP ACLs only. The S4810 and Z9000 support both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types Common IP ACL Commands...
Page 219 monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” FTOS Configuration section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Guide .
Page 220: Ip Access-List Standard
ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard access-list- name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name.
Page 221: Permit
permit Configure a filter to permit packets from a specific source IP address to leave the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax permit {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} [count [byte] | log] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: •...
Page 222: Resequence Access-List
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 223: Resequence Prefix-List Ipv4
StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is 0 to 4294967290. Step-to- Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is 1 to Increment 4294967290. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 224: Seq
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 225 byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry.
Page 226: Extended Ip Acl Commands
• The order option works across ACL groups that have been applied on an interface via the QoS policy framework. • The order option takes precedence over seq sequence-number. • If sequence-number is not configured, the rules with the same order value are ordered according to their configuration order.
Page 227 ip-protocol- Enter a number from 0 to 255 to deny based on the protocol identified number in the IP protocol header. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous.
Page 228: Deny Arp
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for the noncontiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
Page 229 The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. Enter the keyword any to match and drop any ARP traffic on the interface.
Page 230: Deny Ether-Type
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’...
Page 231 The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter.
Page 232: Deny Icmp
deny icmp Configure a filter to drop all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages. E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax deny icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [message-type] [count [byte] | log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: •...
Page 233 creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the section “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port FTOS Configuration Guide . Monitoring chapter of the fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
Page 234 ICMP Message Type ICMP Message Type Name Keywords host-precedence- Host unreachable for precedence unreachable host-redirect Host redirect host-tos-redirect Host redirect for TOS host-tos- Host unreachable for TOS unreachable host-unknown Host unknown host-unreachable Host unreachable information-reply Information replies information-request Information requests mask-reply Mask replies mask-request...
Page 235: Deny Tcp
ICMP Message Type ICMP Message Type Name Keywords source-route-failed Source route failed time-exceeded All time exceeded timestamp-reply Timestamp replies timestamp-request Timestamp requests traceroute Traceroute ttl-exceeded TTL exceeded unreachable All unreachables deny tcp Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax deny tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operator...
Page 236 • syn: synchronize sequence numbers • urg: urgent field operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) port port...
Page 237 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 238: Deny Udp
1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related deny – assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. Commands deny udp – assigns a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp Configure a filter to drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port...
Page 239 destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non- contiguous.
Page 240: Ip Access-List Extended
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’...
Page 241: Permit
Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
Page 242 source Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was sent. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
Page 243: Permit Arp
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
Page 244 The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. Enter the keyword any to match and drop specific Ethernet traffic on the interface.
Page 245: Permit Ether-Type
Usage The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more Information FTOS Configuration Guide . information, refer to the “Quality of Service” chapter of the When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’...
Page 246 source-mac- Enter a MAC address and mask in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac- For the MAC address mask, specify which bits in the MAC address address-mask must match. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly.
Page 247: Permit Icmp
You cannot include IP, TCP, or UDP filters in an ACL configured with ARP filters. permit icmp Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages. E-Series Syntax permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [message-type] [count [byte] | log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: •...
Page 248: Permit Tcp
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring FTOS Configuration section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Guide .
Page 249 • Use the no permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non- contiguous.
Page 250 count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
Page 251: Permit Udp
The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
Page 252 Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non- contiguous.
Page 253 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 254: Resequence Access-List
1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related ip access-list extended – creates an extended ACL. Commands permit – assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit tcp – assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list.
Page 255: Resequence Prefix-List Ipv4
resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax resequence prefix-list ipv4 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-increment} Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
Page 256 Parameters sequence- Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. number deny Enter the keyword deny to drop all traffic meeting the filter criteria.. permit Enter the keyword permit to forward all traffic meeting the filter criteria. destination-mac- Enter a MAC address and mask in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac- For the MAC address mask, specify which bits in the MAC address address-mask...
Page 257: Seq Ether-Type
Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
Page 258 permit Enter the keyword permit to forward all traffic meeting the filter criteria. destination-mac- Enter a MAC address and mask in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac- For the MAC address mask, specify which bits in the MAC address address-mask must match. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask;...
Page 259: Seq
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more Information information, refer to Port...
Page 260 icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an ICMP access list filter. Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list permits all IP protocols. Enter the keyword tcp to configure a TCP access list filter. Enter the keyword udp to configure a UDP access list filter.
Page 261 dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest;...
Page 262: Common Mac Access List Commands
• If sequence-number is configured, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’...
Page 263: Mac Access-Group
mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax mac access-group access-list-name {in [vlan vlan-range] | out} To delete a MAC access-group, use the no mac access-group mac-list-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC access list, up to 140 characters.
Page 264: Show Mac Accounting Access-List
show mac accounting access-list Display MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show mac accounting access-list access-list-name interface interface in | out Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters. interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the one of the following interface...
Page 265: Standard Mac Acl Commands
Example FTOS#show mac accounting access-list mac-ext interface po 1 Extended mac access-list mac-ext on GigabitEthernet 0/11 seq 5 permit host 00:00:00:00:00:11 host 00:00:00:00:00:19 count (393794576 packets) seq 10 deny host 00:00:00:00:00:21 host 00:00:00:00:00:29 count (89076777 packets) seq 15 deny host 00:00:00:00:00:31 host 00:00:00:00:00:39 count (0 packets) seq 20 deny host 00:00:00:00:00:41 host 00:00:00:00:00:49...
Page 266: Mac Access-List Standard
mac-source- Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac-source- (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no address-mask mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
Page 267: Permit
To delete a MAC access list, use the no mac access-list standard mac-list- name command. Parameters mac-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the standard MAC access list (140 character maximum). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 268 Parameters Enter the keyword any to forward all packets received with a MAC address. mac-source- Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac-source- (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no address-mask mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match).
Page 269 Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequence- Enter a number between 0 to 65535.
Page 270: Extended Mac Acl Commands
Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Information Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’...
Page 271 mac-source- Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac-source- Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. address-mask The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly.
Page 272: Mac Access-List Extended
Usage When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending Information on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
Page 273: Permit
FTOS(config-ext-macl)#seq 20 permit any any ev2 eq 806 count bytes FTOS(config-ext-macl)#remark 25 IPv6 FTOS(config-ext-macl)#seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count bytes FTOS(config-ext-macl)#seq 40 permit any any count bytes FTOS(config-ext-macl)#exit FTOS(conf)#do show mac accounting access-list snickers interface g0/47 in Extended mac access-list snickers on GigabitEthernet 0/47 seq 10 permit any any ev2 eq 800 count bytes (559851886 packets 191402152148...
Page 274 mac-destination- Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. address-mask The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. ethertype (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the operator...
Page 275 Configure a filter with a specific sequence number. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac- address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype operator] [count [byte]] [log] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequence- Enter a number as the filter sequence number.
Page 276: Ip Prefix List Commands
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring FTOS Configuration section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Guide .
Page 277: Deny
Parameters prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the configured prefix list to clear only counters for that prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Defaults Clears “hit” counters for all prefix lists unless a prefix list is specified. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1...
Page 278: Ip Prefix-List
pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage Sequence numbers for this filter are automatically assigned starting at sequence number 5. Information If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered.
Page 279: Permit
permit Configure a filter that passes packets meeting the criteria specified. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax permit ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a forward filter, use the no permit ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0.
Page 280: Show Config
Parameters sequence- Enter a number. The range is 1 to 4294967294. number deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword any to match any packets.
Page 281: Show Ip Prefix-List Detail
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Example FTOS(conf-nprefixl)#show config ip prefix-list snickers FTOS(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] Parameters...
Page 282: Show Ip Prefix-List Summary
show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show ip prefix-list summary [prefix-name] Parameters prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes •...
Page 283: Route Map Commands
Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. The following commands allow you to configure route maps and their redistribution criteria. continue Configure a route-map to go to a route-map entry with a higher sequence number. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax continue [sequence-number]...
Page 284: Description
If the route-map entry contains sets with the continue clause, set actions are performed first then the continue clause jumps to the specified route map entry. • If a set action occurs in the first route map entry and then the same set action occurs with a different value in a subsequent route map entry, the last set of actions overrides the previous set of actions with the same set command.
Page 285: Match Community
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 286: Match Interface
match interface Configure a filter to match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: •...
Page 287: Match Ip Address
match ip route-source – redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric – redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type – redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag – redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match ip address Configure a filter to match routes based on IP addresses specified in an access list.
Page 288: Match Ip Route-Source
Parameters prefix- prefix-list Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of list-name configured prefix list, up 10 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
Page 289: Match Metric
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Related match interface – redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. Commands match ip address – redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop –...
Page 290: Match Origin
match origin Configure a filter to match routes based on the value found in the BGP path ORIGIN attribute. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax match origin {egp | igp | incomplete} To disable matching filter, use the no match origin {igp | egp | incomplete} command.
Page 291: Match Tag
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 292: Route-Map
Related match interface – redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. Commands match ip address – redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop – redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source – redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric –...
Page 293: Set As-Path
pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage Use caution when you delete route maps because if you do not specify a sequence number, all Information route maps with the same map-name are deleted when you use the no route-map map- name command.
Page 294: Set Automatic-Tag
set automatic-tag Configure a filter to automatically compute the tag value of the route. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 295: Set Community
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 296: Set Level
All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. none Enter the keyword none to remove the community attribute from routes meeting the route map criteria. additive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add the communities to already existing communities.
Page 297: Set Local-Preference
stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 298: Set Metric
Usage The set local-preference command changes the LOCAL_PREF attribute for routes Information meeting the route map criteria. To change the LOCAL_PREF for all routes, use the bgp default local-preference command. Related bgp default local-preference – changes the default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. Commands set metric Configure a filter to assign a new metric to redistributed routes.
Page 299: Set Next-Hop
To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command. Parameters internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value. external Enter the keyword external to assign the IS-IS external metric. type-1 Enter the keyword type-1 to assign the OSPF Type 1 metric.
Page 300: Set Origin
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage If you configure the set next-hop command, its configuration takes precedence over the Information neighbor next-hop-self command in the ROUTER BGP mode.
Page 301: Set Tag
set tag Configure a filter to specify a tag for redistributed routes. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax set tag tag-value To delete a setting, use the no set tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured.
Page 302: Show Config
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 303: As-Path Commands
Parameters map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
Page 304: Ip As-Path Access-List
• . = (period) matches on any single character, including white space. • * = (asterisk) matches on sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). • + = (plus sign) matches on sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). •...
Page 305: Permit
Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage Use the match as-path or neighbor filter-list commands to apply the AS-PATH Information ACL to BGP routes.
Page 306: Show Config
Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 show config Display the current configuration. E-Series Syntax show config Command Modes AS-PATH ACL Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Example FTOS(config-as-path)#show config...
Page 307: Ip Community List Commands
permit ^$.*$$ FTOS# IP Community List Commands IP Community List commands are supported on the E-Series and S4810 platforms only. deny Create a filter to drop routes matching a BGP COMMUNITY number. E-Series Syntax deny {community-number | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export | quote-regexp regular-expressions-list | regexp regular- expression} Parameters...
Page 308: Ip Community-List
NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CNTL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. • [ ] = (brackets) matches a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) matches the beginning of the input string. (If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified.) •...
Page 309: Permit
permit Configure a filter to forward routes that match the route’s COMMUNITY attribute. E-Series Syntax permit {community-number | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export | quote-regexp regular-expressions-list | regexp regular- expression} Parameters community- Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
Page 310: Show Config
• _ = (underscore) matches a comma (,), left brace ({), right brace (}), left parenthesis, right parenthesis, the beginning of the input string, the end of the input string, or a space. • | = (pipe) matches either character. Defaults Not configured Command Modes...
Page 311 Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Example FTOS#show ip community-lists...
Page 313: Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (Bfd)
Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft- ietf-bfd-base-03 and supports BFD on all Layer 3 physical interfaces including virtual local area network (VLAN) interfaces, and port-channels.
Page 314: Bfd Disable
ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS (Not available on the C-Series.) Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced BFD for BGP on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced BFD for BGP on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.3 Introduced BFD for BGP on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced BFD for OSPF and ISIS on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 315: Bfd Enable (Configuration)
Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd enable (Configuration) Enable BFD on all interfaces. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax bfd enable Disable BFD using the no bfd enable command.
Page 316: Bfd Interval
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd interval Specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax bfd interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive} Parameters interval Enter the keywords interval to specify non-default BFD session...
Page 317: Bfd Neighbor
bfd neighbor Establish a BFD session with a neighbor. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax bfd neighbor ip-address To remove the BFD session with the neighbor, use the no bfd neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
Page 318: Clear Bfd Counters
Usage Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for Information example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down. Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state.
Page 319: Debug Bfd
debug bfd Enable BFD debugging. C-Series, E-Series Syntax debug bfd {detail | event | packet} {all | interface} [mode] [count number] Parameters detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display detailed information about BFD packets. event (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword event to display information about BFD state.
Page 320: Ip Route Bfd
Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Because BFD can potentially transmit 20 packets per interface, you must restrict debugging Information information.
Page 321: Isis Bfd All-Neighbors
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related show bfd neighbors – displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified Commands interface.
Page 322: Neighbor Bfd
Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage This command provides the flexibility to fine tune the timer values based on individual interface Information needs when ISIS BFD is configured in CONFIGURATION mode.
Page 323: Neighbor Bfd Disable
• The neighbor only inherits the global timer values configured with the bfd neighbor command: interval, min_rx, and multiplier. Related bfd neighbor – enables BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by Layer 3 protocols. Commands neighbor bfd disable – explicitly disables a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group.
Page 324: Show Bfd Counters
show bfd neighbors – displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. show bfd counters Display BFD counter information. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show bfd counters [bgp | isis | ospf | vrrp | static-route] [interface] Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information:...
Page 325: Show Bfd Neighbors
• EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.1.3 Added support for BFD for BGP on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for BFD for VLAN and port-channel interfaces, ISIS, and VRRP on the E-Series.
Page 326 Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Added support for BFD for BGP on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.3 Added support for BFD for BGP on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 327: Vrrp Bfd
Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 FTOS# Related bfd neighbor – establishes a BFD session with a neighbor. Commands bfd all-neighbors – establishes BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces. vrrp bfd Establish a VRRP BFD session.
Page 328 Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 329: Border Gateway Protocol
Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
Page 330: Address-Family
address-family Enable the IPv4 multicast or the IPv6 address family. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax address-family [ipv4 multicast| ipv6unicast] Parameters ipv4 multicast Enter BGPv4 multicast mode. ipv6 unicast Enter BGPv6 mode. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 331: Bgp Add-Path
suppress-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map followed by the map-name name of a configured route map to identify which more-specific routes in the aggregate are suppressed. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY IPv6 Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 332: Bgp Always-Compare-Med
path-count Enter the number paths supported. The range is 2 to 64. Defaults Disabled Command Modes • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family Command History Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Related neighbor add-path – specifies that this neighbor/peer group can send/receive multiple path Commands advertisements.
Page 333: Bgp Bestpath As-Path Ignore
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced the dynamic application of AS notation changes Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced Usage Before enabling this feature, you must enable the enable bgp four-octet-as- Information supportcommand.
Page 334: Bgp Bestpath As-Path Multipath-Relax
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best Information path.
Page 335: Bgp Bestpath Med Missing-As-Best
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system Information numbers. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
Page 336: Bgp Client-To-Client Reflection
Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced Usage Configuring this option retains the current best-path. When sessions are subsequently reset, Information the oldest received path is chosen as the best-path. bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection...
Page 337: Bgp Confederation Identifier
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage When a BGP cluster contains only one route reflector, the cluster ID is the route reflector’s Information router ID. For redundancy, a BGP cluster may contain two or more route reflectors. Assign a cluster ID with the bgp cluster-id command.
Page 338: Bgp Confederation Peers
FTOS accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute. The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ. Related bgp four-octet-as-support – enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. Commands bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number]...
Page 339: Bgp Dampening
bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is...
Page 340: Bgp Default Local-Preference
Related show ip bgp dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. Commands bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command.
Page 341: Bgp Fast-External-Fallover
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage This is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that Information the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments.
Page 342: Bgp Graceful-Restart
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Routers supporting 4-byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of Information a 4-byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-byte router or a 4- byte router.
Page 343: Bgp Log-Neighbor-Changes
Usage This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Information Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled.
Page 344: Bgp Recursive-Bgp-Next-Hop
Usage In Non-Deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive. This method Information can lead to FTOS choosing different best paths from a set of paths, depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors because MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths.
Page 345: Bgp Router-Id
Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of Information regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is quite common.
Page 346: Bgp Soft-Reconfig-Backup
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History...
Page 347: Capture Bgp-Pdu Neighbor
capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address direction {both | rx | To disable capture of the IPv4 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address command.
Page 348: Clear Ip Bgp
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced Related capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. Commands capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) – enables capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor –...
Page 349: Clear Ip Bgp Dampening
flap-statistics Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear the flap statistics information. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 address family to clear. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 address family to clear. peer-group Enter the peer-group to clear all members of the peer-group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1...
Page 350: Clear Ip Bgp Flap-Statistics
clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax clear ip bgp flap-statistics [ip-address mask | filter-list as- path-name | regexp regular-expression] Parameters ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format and the prefix mask in slash format (/x) to reset only that prefix.
Page 351: Clear Ip Bgp Peer-Group
clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax clear ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name Parameters peer-group-name Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 352: Debug Ip Bgp Dampening
notifications Enter the keyword notifications to view BGP notifications. soft- Enter the keywords soft-reconfiguration to view only reconfiguration information on inbound BGP soft reconfiguration. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP updates. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 353: Debug Ip Bgp Events
debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] events command.
Page 354: Debug Ip Bgp Notifications
(OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only inbound keepalive messages. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound keepalive messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 355: Debug Ip Bgp Soft-Reconfiguration
debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft- reconfiguration To disable, use the no debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
Page 356: Default-Metric
prefix- prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword prefix-list followed by the list-name name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
Page 357: Distance Bgp
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes...
Page 358: Max-Paths
Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. Usage CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of Information internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
Page 359: Neighbor Activate
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/Subsequent Address Family Identifier). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command.
Page 360: Neighbor Advertisement-Interval
both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system will send and accept multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported. The range is 2 to 64. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 361: Neighbor Advertisement-Start
neighbor advertisement-start Set the minimum interval before starting to send BGP routing updates. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
Page 362: Neighbor Default-Originate
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Related bgp four-octet-as-support – enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. Commands neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate...
Page 363: Neighbor Distribute-List
To delete a description, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured.
Page 364: Neighbor Ebgp-Multihop
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Other BGP filtering commands include: neighbor filter-list, ip as-path Information access-list, and neighbor route-map. Related ip as-path access-list – configures IP AS-Path ACL. Commands neighbor filter-list – assigns a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor route-map –...
Page 365: Neighbor Filter-List
Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 366: Neighbor Graceful-Restart
• ROUTER BGP-address-family Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, ACL names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 367: Neighbor Local-As
Usage This feature advertises to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only Information mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. neighbor local-as Configure Internal BGP (IBGP) routers to accept external routes from neighbors with a local AS number in the AS number path.
Page 368: Neighbor Next-Hop-Self (C-, E-, And S-Series)
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value.
Page 369: Neighbor Password
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage If you configure the set next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes Information precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self (C-, E-, and S-Series) command.
Page 370: Neighbor Peer-Group (Assigning Peers)
If you specify a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name parameter, all the members of the peer group inherits the characteristic configured with this command. If you configure a password on one neighbor, but you have not configured a password for the neighboring router, the following message appears on the console while the routers attempt to establish a BGP session between them: %RPM0-P:RP1 %KERN-6-INT: No BGP MD5 from [peer's IP address]...
Page 371: Neighbor Peer-Group (Creating Group)
A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s, and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown) the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown).
Page 372: Neighbor Peer-Group Passive
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but will respond to one. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [limit sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer- group passive command.
Page 373: Neighbor Remove-Private-As
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS.
Page 374: Neighbor Route-Map
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added 4-byte support. Usage Applies to EBGP neighbors only. Information You must configure your system to accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4-byte AS Number. If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed.
Page 375: Neighbor Route-Reflector-Client
neighbor route-reflector-client Configure the router as a route reflector and the specified neighbors as members of the cluster. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-reflector-client To remove one or more neighbors from a cluster, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-reflector-client command.
Page 376: Neighbor Shutdown
To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to send a COMMUNITY attribute to all routers within the peer group.
Page 377: Neighbor Soft-Reconfiguration Inbound
Usage Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. Information The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shutdown, use the show ip bgp summary command to confirm its status.
Page 378: Neighbor Subnet
neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask To remove passive peering, use the no neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask command. Parameters subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) as the allowable range of addresses included in the Peer group.
Page 379: Neighbor Update-Source
Defaults • keepalive = 60 seconds • holdtime = 180 seconds Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command overrides the timer values Information...
Page 380: Neighbor Weight
Usage Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly Information up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions. neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight weight...
Page 381: Network Backdoor
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
Page 382: Redistribute
mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 383: Redistribute Isis
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/ peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 384: Redistribute Ospf
with the destination protocol. The range is 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. map- route-map Enter the keyword route-map followed by the map name that is an name identifier for a configured route map. The route map filters imported routes from the source routing protocol to the current routing protocol.
Page 385: Router Bgp
match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute | 2} OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only. map- route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name...
Page 386: Show Capture Bgp-Pdu Neighbor
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be Information accepted. If no interfaces are enabled for Layer 3, an error message appears: % Error: No router id configured Example FTOS(conf)#router bgp 3...
Page 387: Show Config
ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00290104 000100b4 14141401 0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] FTOS# Related capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size –...
Page 388 Parameters ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address.
Page 389: Show Ip Bgp Cluster-List
701 80 i *> 63.114.8.33 0 18508 701 80 *> 3.3.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 32768 ? 63.114.8.35 0 18508 ? *> 4.0.0.0/8 63.114.8.33 0 18508 701 1 i *> 4.2.49.12/30 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 i 4.17.250.0/24 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 1239 13716 i *>...
Page 390: Show Ip Bgp Community
Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route.
Page 391 community- Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system. You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED.
Page 392: Show Ip Bgp Community-List
Field Description LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Example FTOS>show ip bgp community BGP table version is 3762622, local router ID is 63.114.8.48 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, >...
Page 393 Parameters ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. community-list- Enter the name of a configured IP community list (max 16 characters). name exact-match Enter the keyword for an exact match of the communities. Command Modes •...
Page 394: Show Ip Bgp Dampened-Paths
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] dampened-paths Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 395 Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Example FTOS#show ip bgp detail Detail information for BGP Node bgpNdP 0x41a17000 : NdTmrP 0x41a17000 : NdKATmrP 0x41a17014 : NdTics 74857 :...
Page 396: Show Ip Bgp Extcommunity-List
PeerUpdTmrP 0x41ee70cc : DfrdNHTmrP 0x41ee7174 : DfrdRtselTmrP 0x41ee713c : FastExtFallover 1 : FastIntFallover 0 : Enforce1stAS 1 PeerIdBitsP 0x41967120 : softOutSz 16 : RibUpdCtxCBP 0 UpdPeerCtxCBP 0 : UpdPeerCtxAFI 0 : TcpioCtxCB 0 : RedistBlk 1 NextCBPurg 1101119536 : NumPeerToPurge 0 : PeerIBGPCnt 0 : NonDet 0 : DfrdPathSel 0 BGPRst 0 : NumGrCfg 1 : DfrdTmestmp 0 : SnmpTrps 0 : IgnrBestPthASP 0...
Page 397: Show Ip Bgp Filter-List
• EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp Information summary command.
Page 398: Show Ip Bgp Flap-Statistics
Field Description • a = aggregate route entry • c = external confederation route entry • n = network route entry • r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table.
Page 399 Parameters ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address.
Page 400: Show Ip Bgp Inconsistent-As
Field Description From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the flapping route. Flaps Displays the number of times the route flapped. Duration Displays the hours:minutes:seconds since the route first flapped. Reuse Displays the hours:minutes:seconds until the flapped route is available.
Page 401: Show Ip Bgp Neighbors
Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
Page 402 ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor to view only BGP information exchanged with that neighbor. advertised-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor.
Page 403 The following describes the show ip bgp neighbors command shown in the Examples below. The Lines Beginning Description with: BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one.
Page 404 The Lines Beginning Description with: Last reset Displays the amount of time since the peering session was last reset. Also states if the peer resets the peering session. If the peering session was never reset, the word never is displayed. Local host: Displays the peering address of the local router and the TCP port number.
Page 405 Prefixes accepted 1 (consume 4 bytes), withdrawn 0 by peer Prefixes advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 2; dropped 1 Last reset 00:18:21, due to Maximum prefix limit reached Example FTOS>show ip bgp neighbors 192.14.1.5 advertised-routes (Advertised- BGP table version is 74103, local router ID is 33.33.33.33 Routes)
Page 406: Show Ip Bgp Next-Hop
70.70.24.0/24 100.10.10.2 0 100 200 ? FTOS# Related show ip bgp – views the current BGP routing table. Commands show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths.
Page 407: Show Ip Bgp Paths
show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip bgp paths [regexp regular-expression] Parameters regular- regexp Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the expression following characters to match: •...
Page 408: Show Ip Bgp Paths As-Path
Field Description Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using this path attribute. Metric Displays the MED attribute for this path attribute. Path Displays the AS path for the route, with the origin code for the route listed last. Numbers listed between braces {} are AS_SET information.
Page 409: Show Ip Bgp Paths Community
Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these AS-Paths. AS-Path Displays the AS paths for this route, with the origin code for the route listed last.
Page 410: Show Ip Bgp Peer-Group
Field Description Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these communities. Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path. Example E1200-BGP>show ip bgp paths community Total 293 Communities Address Hash Refcount Community...
Page 411 peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group.
Page 412: Show Ip Bgp Regexp
Add-path support enabled Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 1.1.1.5 1.1.1.6 10.10.10.2* 20.20.20.100 Example FTOS#show ip bgp peer-group Peer-group RT-PEERS Description: ***peering-with-RT*** BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RT-PEERS Number of peers in this group 20 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 12.1.1.2*...
Page 413 • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. •...
Page 414: Show Ip Bgp Summary
*>I 4.0.0.0/8 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 3356 i *>I 4.17.225.0/24 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 11853 11853 11853 11853 11853 6496 *>I 4.17.226.0/23 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 11853 11853 11853 11853 11853 6496 *>I 4.17.251.0/24 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 11853 11853 11853 11853 11853 6496 *>I 4.17.252.0/23 1.1.1.2...
Page 415 Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries.
Page 416: Show Running-Config Bgp
Field Description State/Pfxrcd If the neighbor is in Established stage, the number of network prefixes received. If a maximum limit was configured with the neighbor maximum- prefix command, (prfxd) appears in this column. If the neighbor is not in Established stage, the current stage is displayed (Idle, Connect, Active, OpenSent, OpenConfirm).
Page 417: Timers Bgp
timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers.
Page 418: Address Family Ipv4 Multicast (Mbgp)
address family ipv4 multicast (MBGP) This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax address family ipv4 multicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv4 multicast command. Parameters ipv4 Enter the keyword ipv4 to specify the address family as IPV4. multicast Enter the keyword multicast to specify multicast as SAFI.
Page 419: Bgp Dampening
summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes are not advertised. suppress-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map followed by the map-name name of a configured route map to identify which more-specific routes in the aggregate are suppressed. Defaults Not configured.
Page 420: Clear Ip Bgp Ipv4 Multicast
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. clear ip bgp ipv4 multicast Reset MBGP sessions. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax clear ip bgp ipv4 multicast * ip-address [dampening | flap- statistics] peer-group] Parameters Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions.
Page 421: Clear Ip Bgp Flap-Statistics
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax clear ip bgp ipv4 multicast flap-statistics network | filter-...
Page 422: Debug Ip Bgp Peer-Group Updates
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, Z-Series, S-Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information.
Page 423: Debug Ip Bgp Updates
debug ip bgp updates View information about BGP updates. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax debug ip bgp updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp updates [in | out] command. Parameters updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors.
Page 424: Neighbor Activate
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends not changing the administrative distance of internal Information routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
Page 425: Neighbor Advertisement-Interval
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group- name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal...
Page 426: Neighbor Distribute-List
map- route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of name a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series.
Page 427: Neighbor Maximum-Prefix
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] filter-list aspath access-list-name [in | out] To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] filter-list aspath access-list-name [in | out] command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
Page 428: Neighbor Next-Hop-Self
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value.
Page 429: Neighbor Remove-Private-As
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers.
Page 430: Network
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. Usage When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of Information the route map are permitted.
Page 431: Redistribute
To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map- name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24).
Page 432: Redistribute Ospf
Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes. map- route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of name an established route map.
Page 433: Show Ip Bgp Ipv4 Multicast
To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute | 2} OSPF external routes.
Page 434: Show Ip Bgp Cluster-List
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. Usage When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp Information command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. The following describes the show ip bgp ipv4 multicast command shown the Example below.
Page 435: Show Ip Bgp Community
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv4 multicast community [community-number] [local-...
Page 436: Show Ip Bgp Community-List
Usage To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp Information summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output.
Page 437: Show Ip Bgp Filter-List
Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network.
Page 438: Show Ip Bgp Inconsistent-As
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address. filter-list as-path- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name name of a configured AS-PATH ACL.
Page 439: Show Ip Bgp Ipv4 Multicast Neighbors
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors [ip-address [advertised- routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes]] Parameters ip-address...
Page 440 Lines beginning with: Description BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state. Last read This line displays the following information: • last read is the time (hours:minutes:seconds) the router read a message from its neighbor •...
Page 441 60 seconds Received 1404 messages, 0 in queue 3 opens, 1 notifications, 1394 updates 6 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Sent 48 messages, 0 in queue 3 opens, 2 notifications, 0 updates 43 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Minimum time between advertisement runs is 5 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1)
Page 442: Show Ip Bgp Peer-Group
show ip bgp peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group [peer-group-name [detail | summary]] Parameters peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only.
Page 443 Usage The following describes the sho ip bgp ipv4 multicast summary command Information shown in the Example below. Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries.
Page 444: Deny
Field Description If the neighbor is disabled, the phrase (Admin shut) appears in this column. Example (S4810) FTOS#sho ip bgp ipv4 multicast summary BGP router identifier 100.10.10.1, local AS number 6400 BGP table version is 14, main routing table version 14 7 network entrie(s) and 7 paths using 972 bytes of memory 2 BGP path attribute entrie(s) using 112 bytes of memory 1 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 35 bytes of memory...
Page 445: Deny Regex
IPADDR:NN Enter the IP address specific extended community in the format IPADDR:NN (4-byte IPv4 Unicast Address:2-byte community value). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 446: Ip Extcommunity-List
description Use this feature to designate a meaningful description to the extended community. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command. Parameters line Enter a description (maximum 80 characters). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History...
Page 447: Match Extcommunity
match extcommunity Use this feature to match an extended community in the Route Map mode. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax match extcommunity {extended community list name} To change the match, use the no match extcommunity {extended community list name} command. Parameters extended Enter the name of the extended community list.
Page 448: Permit Regex
IPADDR:NN Enter the IP address specific extended community in the format IPADDR:NN (4-byte IPv4 Unicast Address:2-byte community value). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 449: Set Extcommunity Rt
set extcommunity rt Use this feature to set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [non- trans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command. Parameters ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 followed by the 4-octet AS specific extended...
Page 450: Set Extcommunity Soo
set extcommunity soo Use this feature to set extended community site-of-origin in Route Map. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax set extcommunity soo {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN [non- trans]} To delete the site-of-origin community, use the no set extcommunity command. Parameters ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 followed by the 4-octet AS specific extended...
Page 451: Show Ip Bgp Ipv4 Extcommunity-List
show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list Use this feature to display the IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list name Parameters multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information.
Page 452: Show Ip Bgp Paths Extcommunity
SoO:38:50529045 SoO:0.0.0.2:33 SoO:506.62106:34 0x0303:254:11223* FTOS# show ip bgp paths extcommunity Use this feature to display all BGP paths having extended community attributes. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 453: Show Running-Config Extcommunity-List
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example FTOS#show ip extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test deny RT:1234:12 permit regexp 123 deny regexp 234 deny regexp 123 FTOS#...
Page 454: Ipv6 Bgp Commands
IPv6 BGP Commands IPv6 border gateway protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on the C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series and S4810 platforms. BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between Autonomous Systems (AS). Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically send messages to update those routing tables.
Page 455: Bgp Always-Compare-Med
attribute-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords attribute-map followed by the map-name name of a configured route map to modify attributes of the aggregate, excluding AS_PATH and NEXT_HOP attributes. summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes will not be advertised. suppress-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map followed by the map-name...
Page 456: Bgp Bestpath Med Confed
Usage Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore...
Page 457: Bgp Bestpath Med Missing-As-Best
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-as-best command.
Page 458: Bgp Cluster-Id
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID.
Page 459: Bgp Confederation Peers
Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each Information autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems.
Page 460: Bgp Default Local-Preference
To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires.
Page 461: Bgp Enforce-First-As
Parameters value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred. The range is 0 to 4294967295. The default is 100. Defaults Command Modes ROUTER BGP...
Page 462: Bgp Four-Octet-As-Support
To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp fast-external-fallover command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config Information command output.
Page 463: Bgp Log-Neighbor-Changes
Parameters neighbor Enter the keyword neighbor followed by one of the options listed address | peer- below: group-name • ip-address of the neighbor in IP address format of the neighbor. • peer-group-name of the neighbor peer group. restart-time Enter the keywords restart-time followed by the maximum seconds number of seconds needed to restart and bring up all peers.
Page 464: Bgp Non-Deterministic-Med
bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared).
Page 465: Bgp Regex-Eval-Optz-Disable
Related clear ip bgp Commands bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. C-Series, E-Series Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 466: Capture Bgp-Pdu Neighbor (Ipv6)
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. Information capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) Enable capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. C-Series, E-Series Syntax capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address direction {both | rx |...
Page 467: Clear Ip Bgp * (Asterisk)
Defaults 40960000 bytes Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced Related • show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. Commands • capture bgp-pdu neighbor –...
Page 468: Clear Ip Bgp As-Number
clear ip bgp as-number Reset BGP sessions on the E-Series. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. C-Series, E-Series Syntax clear ip bgp as-number [flap-statistics | ipv4 {multicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | ipv6 unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}| soft [in | out] Parameters...
Page 469: Clear Ip Bgp Ipv6-Address
clear ip bgp ipv6-address Reset BGP sessions specific to an IPv6 address on the E-Series. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. C-Series, E-Series Syntax clear ip bgp ipv6-address [flap-statistics | ipv4 {multicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | ipv6 unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}| soft [in | out]...
Page 470: Debug Ip Bgp Ipv6 Dampening
clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. C-Series, E-Series Syntax clear ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name Parameters peer-group-name Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 471: Clear Ip Bgp Ipv6 Flap-Statistics
clear ip bgp ipv6 flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. C-Series, E-Series Syntax clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address | filter-list as-path-name | regexp regular-expression] Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
Page 472: Debug Ip Bgp
debug ip bgp Allows you to view all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. C-Series, E-Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] [in | out] To disable all BGP debugging, use the no debug ip bgp command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by...
Page 473: Debug Ip Bgp Events
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound dampened routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History...
Page 474: Debug Ip Bgp Keepalives
Usage Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. Information debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. C-Series, E-Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command.
Page 475: Debug Ip Bgp Updates
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords peer-group followed by the name group-name of the peer group. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors.
Page 476: Default-Metric
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. Information default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. C-Series, E-Series Syntax default-metric number...
Page 477: Ipv6 Prefix-List
Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of Information internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
Page 478: Max-Paths
Parameters prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Related show ipv6 prefix-list –...
Page 479: Maximum-Paths
maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. C-Series, E-Series, S4810 Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes.
Page 480: Neighbor Allowas-In
Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage By default, when you create a neighbor/peer group configuration in the Router BGP context, it Information is enabled for the IPv6/Unicast AFI/SAFI. By using activate in the new context, the neighbor/ peer group is enabled for AFI/SAFI.
Page 481: Neighbor Default-Originate
To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group- name} allowas-in command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group.
Page 482: Neighbor Description
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor default- Information originate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor. neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group).
Page 483: Neighbor Ebgp-Multihop
prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If you do not configure the prefix list, the default is permit (to allow all routes). Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
Page 484: Neighbor Fall-Over
neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall- over command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Page 485: Neighbor Maximum-Prefix
as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH access list. If you do not configure the AS-PATH access list, the default is permit (to allow routes). The maximum is 16 characters. Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes. Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes.
Page 486: Neighbor X:x:x::x Password
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage If you configure the neighbor maximum-prefix command and the neighbor receives Information more prefixes than allowed by the neighbor maximum-prefix command configuration, prfxd ) in the the neighbor goes down and the show ip bgp summary command displays ( State/PfxRcd column for that neighbor.
Page 487: Neighbor Peer-Group (Assigning Peers)
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its Information configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self (C-, E-, and S-Series) command.
Page 488: Neighbor Peer-Group (Creating Group)
A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s, and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown), the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown).
Page 489: Neighbor Remote-As
To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer- group passive command. Parameters peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 490: Neighbor Remove-Private-As
Related router bgp – Enter ROUTER BGP mode and configure routes in an AS. Commands neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. C-Series, E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group- name} remove-private-as command.
Page 491: Neighbor Route-Reflector-Client
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If you do not configure the Route map, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes.
Page 492: Neighbor Shutdown
Usage The first time you enter this command it configures the neighbor as a route reflector and Information members of the route-reflector cluster. Internal BGP (IBGP) speakers do not need to be fully meshed if you configure a route reflector. When all clients of a route reflector are disabled, the neighbor is no longer a route reflector.
Page 493: Neighbor Timers
Parameters subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) as the allowable range of addresses included in the peer group. To allow all addresses, enter 0::0/0. mask Enter a prefix mask in / prefix-length format (/x). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History...
Page 494: Neighbor Update-Source
Usage Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values Information configured with the timers bgp command. When two neighbors, configured with different keepalive and holdtime values, negotiate for new values, the resulting values are as follows: •...
Page 495: Network
To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group- name} weight weight command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group.
Page 496: Network Backdoor
• match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage...
Page 497: Redistribute
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. E-Series Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes.
Page 498: Redistribute Isis
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routes into BGP. E-Series Syntax redistribute isis [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of IS-IS routes, use the no redistribute isis command. Parameters level-1 | level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the type (level) of routes to redistribute.
Page 499: Redistribute Ospf
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPFv3 routes into BGP. E-Series Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute | 2}...
Page 500: Show Capture Bgp-Pdu Neighbor
Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the E-Series. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address...
Page 501: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast
neighbor 1109::33 remote-as 18508 neighbor 1109::33 update-source Loopback 101 neighbor 1109::33 no shutdown neighbor 2222::220 remote-as 18508 neighbor 2222::220 route-reflector-client neighbor 2222::220 update-source Loopback 100 neighbor 2222::220 no shutdown neighbor 4000::33 remote-as 18508 neighbor 4000::33 no shutdown neighbor 4000::60 remote-as 18508 neighbor 4000::60 no shutdown neighbor 9000::1:2 remote-as 640 no neighbor 9000::1:2 activate...
Page 502: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Community
Parameters cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community [community-number] [local-...
Page 503: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Community-List
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list community-list-name [exact-match] Parameters community-list- Enter the name of a configured IP community list. name exact-match (OPTIONAL) Enter exact-match to display only for an exact match of the communities.
Page 504: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Extcommunity-List
Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list [list name] Parameters list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view.
Page 505: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Flap-Statistics
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefix- length] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix prefix-length length in the /x format.
Page 506: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Inconsistent-As
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as Command Modes •...
Page 507: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Peer-Group
Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Related show ip bgp – view the current BGP routing table. Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]]...
Page 508: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Summary
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Example FTOS# show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 55.55.55.55, local AS number 18508...
Page 509: Show Ip Bgp Next-Hop
show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp next-hop [local-routes] Parameters local-routes (OPTIONAL) Show next-hop information for local routes.
Page 510: Show Ip Bgp Paths As-Path
• ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes •...
Page 511: Show Ip Bgp Paths Extcommunity
show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp regexp Allows you to view the subset of BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified.
Page 512: Show Ipv6 Prefix-List
show ipv6 prefix-list Displays the specified IPv6 prefix list. Z-Series Syntax show ipv6 prefix-list detail {prefix-list name} | summary Parameters detail Display a detailed description of the selected IPv6 prefix list. prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names.
Page 513: Ipv6 Mbgp Commands
Related neighbor timers – adjusts BGP timers for a specific peer or peer group. Commands IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the Internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS). FTOS MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858.
Page 514: Bgp Dampening
advertise-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertise-map followed by the map-name name of a configured route map to set filters for advertising an aggregate route. as-set (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords as-set to generate path attribute information and include it in the aggregate. AS_SET includes AS_PATH and community information from the routes included in the aggregated route.
Page 515: Clear Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast
Penalty is decreased by half, after the half-life period expires. The range is 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes. map- route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name name of a configured route map. Only match commands in the configured route map are supported.
Page 516: Clear Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Flap-Statistics
network-mask If you enter the network address, then enter the network mask, from 0 to 128. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. E-Series Syntax clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [network | filter-...
Page 517: Debug Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Dampening
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening View information on routes being dampened. E-Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information.
Page 518: Debug Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Updates
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates View information about BGP updates. E-Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6-address prefix-length updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6-address prefix-length updates [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix...
Page 519: Neighbor Activate
Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of Information internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low.
Page 520: Neighbor Advertisement-Interval
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} advertisement- interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer- group-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
Page 521: Neighbor Distribute-List
map- route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list. E-Series Syntax neighbor [ipv6-address | peer-group-name] distribute-list...
Page 522: Neighbor Filter-List2
neighbor filter-list2 Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list aspath as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group- name} filter-list aspath as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
Page 523: Neighbor Next-Hop-Self
maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the E-Series software sends a message.
Page 524: Neighbor Remove-Private-As
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. E-Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group- name} remove-private-as command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Page 525: Neighbor Route-Reflector-Client
Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of Information the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command.
Page 526: Redistribute
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. map- route-map followed by the name of route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords name...
Page 527: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast
• match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage...
Page 528 Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0::0/0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
Page 529: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Cluster-List
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list [cluster-id] Parameters cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced...
Page 530: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Community-List
Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp Information summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list.
Page 531: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Filter-List
• EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced Example R2_Training#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Detail information for BGP Node bgpNdP 0x41a17000 : NdTmrP 0x41a17000 : NdKATmrP 0x41a17014 : NdTics 327741 : NhLocAS 1 : NdState 2 : NdRPMPrim 1 : NdListSoc 13 NdAuto 1 : NdEqCost 1 : NdSync 0 : NdDefOrg 0 NdV6ListSoc 14 NdDefDid 0 : NdConfedId 0 : NdMedConfed 0 : NdMedMissVal -1 :...
Page 532: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Flap-Statistics
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. C-Series, E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefix- length] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix prefix-length length in the /x format.
Page 533: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Inconsistent-As
dead:4::/100 5ffe:10::3 00:04:39 dead:4::/100 5ffe:11::3 00:04:39 FTOS# show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv6-address prefix-length [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes]] Parameters ipv6-address...
Page 534 Lines Beginning with Description BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state. Last read This line displays the following information: •...
Page 535 BGP neighbor is 5ffe:10::3, remote AS 1, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 5.5.5.3 BGP state ESTABLISHED, in this state for 00:00:32 Last read 00:00:32, last write 00:00:32 Hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Received 1404 messages, 0 in queue 3 opens, 1 notifications, 1394 updates 6 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Sent 48 messages, 0 in queue...
Page 536: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Neighbors
Prefix advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 Connections established 3; dropped 2 Last reset 00:00:41, due to Closed by neighbor Notification History 'OPEN error/Bad AS' Sent : 0 Recv: 1 Local host: 5ffe:11::4, Local port: 179 Foreign host: 5ffe:11::3, Foreign port: 36800 Related show ip bgp –...
Page 537: Show Ip Bgp Ipv6 Unicast Peer-Group
Related show ip bgp – view the current BGP routing table. Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. E-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] Parameters peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about...
Page 538 Field Description network entries Displays the number of network entries and route paths and the amount of memory used to process those entries. BGP path attribute Displays the number of BGP path attributes and the amount of entries memory used to process them. BGP AS-PATH Displays the number of BGP AS_PATH attributes processed and the entries...
Page 539: Show Ipv6 Mbgproutes
Dampening enabled. 0 history paths, 0 dampened paths, 0 penalized paths Neighbor MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/Pfx 5ffe:10::3 00:01:01 5ffe:11::3 00:00:55 FTOS# show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table. Z-Series Syntax show ipv6 mbgproutes ipv6-address prefix-length | summary...
Page 541: Bare Metal Provisioning (Bmp)
Bare Metal Provisioning (BMP) Bare metal provisioning (BMP) is supported on the Dell Force10 S55, S60, S4810, and Z-Series platforms. BMP version 1.5 is supported on the S55 and S60 platforms. BMP 3.0 is supported on S4810 and Z-Series platforms.
Page 542: Reload Type
reload type Configure a switch to reload in Normal mode or as a DHCP client in BMP mode with all ports configured for Layer 3 traffic. S4810, Z-Series Syntax reload-type {normal-reload | bmp [config-scr-download {enable | disable}] [dhcp-timeout minutes]| user-defined-string} Parameters normal-reload The switch reloads in Normal mode using the FTOS image and startup...
Page 543: Script Post-Config
If the switch attempts to contact a DHCP server and one is not found, it enters a loop while reloading in BMP mode. Enter the stop bmp command to interrupt the reload and boot up in Normal mode. The startup configuration is then loaded from the local flash on the switch. Use the reload-type command in BMP 3.0 to toggle between Normal and BMP AutoConfiguration modes.
Page 544: Stop Bmp
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.1(0.0) Updated reload type parameters. Version 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced for the S4810. Usage Check the currently configured AutoConfiguration mode (BMP or Normal reload) on a switch Information running BMP 3.0 using the show reload-type command. The show bootvar or show system brief commands can also be used to display the current reload mode for BMP 3.0.
Page 545: Stop Jumpstart
stop jumpstart Stop the switch from reloading in BMP mode to prevent an infinite loop. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax stop jumpstart NOTE: This command has been deprecated. It has been replaced by the disable-bmp command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.1(0.0) Deprecated command.
Page 547: Content Addressable Memory (Cam)
NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Force10 Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance. For information about contacting Dell Force10 TAC, visit the Dell Force10 website at http:// www.force10networks.com/.
Page 548: Cam-Acl
cam-acl Allocate CAM for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax cam-acl {default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number, ipv4qos number l2qos number, l2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl number [vman-qos | vman-dual-qos number}openflow {4|8} Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: •...
Page 549: Cam-Acl-Egress
Ranges for the CAM profiles are 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10). If BMP 3.0 is enabled, use the command reload conditional nvram-cfg-change to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content.
Page 550: Cam-Profile
cam-profile Set the default CAM profile and the required microcode. E-Series Syntax cam-profile profile microcode microcode Parameters profile Choose one of the following CAM profiles: • Enter the keyword default to specify the default CAM profile. • Enter the keywords eg-default to specify the default CAM profile for EG (dual-CAM) line cards.
Page 551: Show Cam-Acl
• Enter the keywords acl-group to select the microcode for applications that need 16k egress IPv4 ACLs. • Enter the keywords ipv4-vrf to select the microcode for IPv4 VRF applications. • Enter the keywords ipv4-v6-vrf to select the microcode for IPv4 and IPv6 VRF applications. •...
Page 552 Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl command. Information Example (Default) FTOS#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -- Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl Ipv4Acl...
Page 553: Show Cam-Profile
IpMacAcl VmanQos VmanDualQos: Ipv4pbr FTOS# show cam-profile Display the details of the CAM profiles on the chassis and all line cards. E-Series Syntax show cam-profile [profile microcode microcode | summary] Parameters profile (OPTIONAL) Choose a single CAM profile to display: •...
Page 554 • Enter the keywords lag-hash-mpls to select the microcode for hashing based on MPLS labels (up to five labels deep). • Enter the keywords ipv6-extacl to select the microcode for IPv6. • Enter the keywords acl-group to select the microcode for applications that need 16k egress IPv4 ACLs.
Page 555: Show Cam-Usage
Profile Name : DEFAULT : DEFAULT L2FIB : 32K entries : 32K entries L2ACL : 1K entries : 1K entries IPv4FIB : 256K entries : 256K entries IPv4ACL : 12K entries : 12K entries IPv4Flow : 24K entries : 24K entries EgL2ACL : 1K entries : 1K entries...
Page 556 AvailableCAM ========|========|==============|=========|========|=========== |IN-L2 ACL 1008 | 320| |IN-L2 FIB 32768 | 1132| 31636 |IN-L3 ACL 12288 | 12286 |IN-L3 FIB 262141 | 262127 |IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 2833 |IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 1024 |IN-L3-McastFib| 9215 | 9215 |IN-L3-Qos 8192 | 8192 |IN-L3-PBR 1024 |...
Page 557: Test Cam-Usage
Example (switch) FTOS#show cam-usage switch Linecard|Portpipe|CAM Partition|Total CAM|Used CAM | AvailableCAM ========|========|=============|=========|=========|=========== |IN-L2 ACL 7152| 7152 |IN-L2 FIB 32768| 1081 | 31687 |OUT-L2 ACL |IN-L2 ACL 7152| 7152 |IN-L2 FIB 32768| 1081 | 31687 |OUT-L2 ACL FTOS# test cam-usage Verify that enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax test cam-usage service-policy input input policy name linecard...
Page 558 Term Explanation CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require. Port Status Indicates whether or not the policy will be allowed in the CAM. Example (C- FTOS#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraMapTest linecard Series)
Page 559 Term Explanation Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for linecards and port-pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require.
Page 561: Control Plane Policing (Copp)
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) The CoPP commands are supported on the Dell Force10 S4810 and Z-Series platforms. control-plane-cpuqos Enter control-plane mode and configure the switch to manage control-plane traffic. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1...
Page 562: Service-Policy Rate-Limit-Protocols
Usage You must create a policy-map by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. Information You must create QoS policies prior to enabling this command. For CoPP, the keywords cpu-qos must not be used when creating qos-policy-input. Related qos-policy-input – creates a QoS input policy map. Commands policy-map-input –...
Page 563: Show Cpu-Queue Rate Cp
show cpu-queue rate cp Display the rates for each queue. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show cpu-queue rate cp Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL Information rules.
Page 564: Show Ipv6 Protocol-Queue-Mapping
Rate(kbps) ---- -------- -------- ------- ----- ------ ----------- TCP (BGP) any/179 179/any UDP (DHCP) 67/68 68/67 Q6/Q5 UDP (DHCP-R) TCP (FTP) ICMP IGMP TCP (MSDP) any/639 639/any UDP (NTP) OSPF UDP (RIP) TCP (SSH) TCP (TELNET) VRRP FTOS# show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured IPv6 protocol.
Page 565: Show Mac Protocol-Queue-Mapping
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example FTOS#show mac protocol-queue-mapping Protocol Destination Mac EtherType Queue EgPort Rate(kbps)
Page 567: Debugging And Diagnostics
Debugging and Diagnostics The debugging and diagnostics commands are supported on the Dell Force10 C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, and Z-Series platforms. This chapter contains the following sections: • Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Buffer Tuning Commands •...
Page 568: Logging Coredump Server
Usage The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to five to 30 minutes to upload. FTOS does Information not overwrite application core dumps so you should delete them as necessary to conserve space on the flash. If the flash is out of memory, the coredump is aborted. On the S-Series, if the FTP server is not reachable, the application coredump is aborted.
Page 569: Logging Coredump Stack-Unit
Version 7.7.1.0 Restructured the command to accommodate core dumps for CP. Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage You must use this command to enable core dump logging before a software exception occurs. Information If the FTP server is unreachable, FTOS aborts the application core dump. When you enable this command to allow the system to automatically upload application core dumps to an FTP server, you are requested to enter a username and password.
Page 570: Tcpdump
tcpdump Enable a TCP dump for CPU bound traffic. Z-Series Syntax tcpdump cp [capture-duration time | filter expression | max- file-count value | packet-count value | snap-length value | write-to path] To disable the TCP dump, use the no tcpdump command. Parameters capture-duration Enter the time for packet capturing.
Page 571: Offline Diagnostic Commands
Entering no tcpdump stops the file dump immediately, without waiting for a threshold to be met. The files saved on the flash are located in the flash://TCP_DUMP_DIR/ Tcpdump_<time_stamp_dir>/directory. The file name is tcpdump_*.pcap. There can be up to 20 Tcpdump_<time_stamp_dir> directories. If more than 20 files are created, the oldest is overwritten.
Page 572: Offline Stack-Unit
possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, stack ports are shut down automatically. level2 Enter the keyword level2 to run Level 2 diagnostics. Level 2 diagnostics are a full set of diagnostic tests with no support for automatic partitioning.
Page 573: Online Stack-Unit
Commands temperature, voltage). Buffer Tuning Commands The following sections detail the buffer tuning commands. WARNING: Altering the buffer allocations is a sensitive operation. Do not use any buffer tuning commands without first contacting the Dell Force10 Technical Assistance Center (TAC).
Page 574: Buffer (Buffer Profile)
buffer (Buffer Profile) Allocate an amount of dedicated buffer space, dynamic buffer space, or packet pointers to queues 0 to 3. C-Series, S-Series Syntax buffer [dedicated | dynamic | packets-pointers] queue0 number queue1 number queue2 number queue3 number Parameters dedicated Enter the keyword dedicated to configure the amount of dedicated buffer space per queue.
Page 575: Buffer (Configuration)
Command Modes BUFFER PROFILE Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Related buffer-profile (Configuration) – creates a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface. Commands buffer (Configuration) Apply a buffer profile to all Field or Switch Fabric processors in a port-pipe. C-Series, S-Series Syntax buffer [csf | fp-uplink] linecard slot port-set port-pipe...
Page 576: Buffer-Profile (Configuration)
Related buffer-profile (Configuration) – creates a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface. Commands buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax buffer-profile {{fp | csf} profile-name | global {1Q|4Q} Parameters Enter the keyword fp to create a buffer profile for the Field Processor.
Page 577: Show Buffer-Profile Stack-Unit
show buffer-profile stack-unit Displays the global buffer profile. S4810, Z-Series Syntax show buffer-profile stack-unit stack unit number Parameters stack unit number Enter the stack unit number. The range is 0 to 11. For the Z9000, only stack-unit 0 is supported. Defaults Dynamic Command Modes...
Page 578: Show Buffer-Profile Interface
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example FTOS#show buffer-profile summary fp-uplink Linecard Port-set Buffer-profile test1 test2 FTOS# Related buffer-profile (Configuration) – creates a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface. Commands show buffer-profile interface Display the buffer profile that is applied to an interface. C-Series, S-Series Syntax show buffer-profile {detail | summary} interface interface...
Page 579: Hardware Commands
Hardware Commands These commands display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear hardware stack-unit Clear statistics from selected hardware components. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax clear hardware stack-unit 0–7 {counters | unit 0–1 counters | cpu data-plane statistics | cpu party-bus statistics | stack- port 0–52} Parameters stack-unit...
Page 580: Clear Hardware System-Flow
clear hardware system-flow Clear system-flow statistics from selected hardware components. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax clear hardware system-flow layer2 stack-unit 0-7 port-set 0-1 counters Parameters stack-unit Enter the keywords stack-unit followed by 0 to 7 to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to clear a specific collection of data.
Page 581: Show Hardware Layer2
show hardware layer2 Display Layer 2 ACL or eg data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show hardware layer2 {eg-acl | in-acl} stack-unit id port-set Parameters eg-acl | in-acl Enter either the keyword eg-acl or the keyword in-acl to select between ingress or egress ACL data.
Page 582: Show Hardware Stack-Unit
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show hardware stack-unit stack-unit {cpu data-plane statistics [stack-port 0-52] | cpu i2c statistics | cpu party-bus statistics | cpu sata-interface statistics | drops [unit number [port 0-27]] | stack-port 0-52 | ti-monitor | unit 0-1 {counters | details | port-stats [detail] | register}}...
Page 583 Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. Version 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Modified the stack-port keyword range expanded from 49-52 to 0-52;...
Page 584 Example (Drops FTOS#sh hard stack-unit 0 drops unit 0 Unit) PortNumberIngress Drops IngMac Drops Total Mmu Drops EgMac Drops Egress Drops FTOS# Example (Drops FTOS#show hardware stack-unit 0 drops unit 1 port 27 Unit, Port) --- Ingress Drops --- Ingress Drops IBP CBP Full Drops PortSTPnotFwd Drops IPv4 L3 Discards...
Page 585 ge13 !ena Forward SGMII 1554 ge14 !ena Forward SGMII 1554 ge15 !ena Forward SGMII 1554 ge16 !ena Forward SGMII 1554 ge17 !ena Forward SGMII 1554 ge18 !ena Forward SGMII 1554 ge19 !ena Forward SGMII 1554 ge20 !ena Forward SGMII 1554 ge21 !ena Forward SGMII 1554...
Page 586 0x0e70b102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge11 = 0x00000000 0x0e70c102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge12 = 0x00000000 0x0e70d102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge13 = 0x00000000 0x0e70e102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge14 = 0x00000000 0x0e70f102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge15 = 0x00000000 0x0e710102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge16 = 0x00000000 0x0e711102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge17 = 0x00000000 0x0e712102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge18 = 0x00000000 0x0e713102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge19 = 0x00000000 0x0e714102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge20 = 0x00000000 0x0e715102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge21 = 0x00000000 0x0e716102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge22 = 0x00000000 0x0e717102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge23 = 0x00000000...
Page 587 The linkStatus of Front End Port 6 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 7 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 8 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 9 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 10 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 11 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 12 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 13 is FALSE...
Page 588: Show Hardware System-Flow
show hardware system-flow Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show hardware system-flow layer2 stack-unit id port-set 0-3 [counters] Parameters acl | qos For the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe, display which system flow entry the packet hits and what queue the packet takes as it dumps the raw system flow tables.
Page 589 L2DLF Packets L2UCAST Packets L2BCASTPackets FTOS# Example param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, meter=NULL, counter={idx=1, mode=0x01, entries=1} ############## FP Entry for redirecting LACP traffic to CPU Port ############ EID 2045: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x02, prio=0x7fd, flags=0x82, Installed tcam: color_indep=0, higig=0, higig_mask=0, KEY=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 0180c200 00020000 00000000 00000000...
Page 590 action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, !--------- output truncated -----------------!
Page 591: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (Dhcp)
(hosts) based on configuration policies determined by network administrators. The basic DHCP commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810 platforms. This chapter contains the following sections: •...
Page 592: Debug Ip Dhcp Server
Usage Entering <CR> after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the Information binding table. debug ip dhcp server Display FTOS debugging messages for DHCP. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax debug ip dhcp server [events | packets] Parameters events Enter the keyword events to display the DHCP state changes.
Page 593: Disable
disable Disable the DHCP server. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. Enable the system to be a DHCP server using the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 594: Excluded-Address
Defaults none Command Modes DHCP <POOL> Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. excluded-address Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax excluded-address [address | low-address high-address]...
Page 595: Host
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax host address Parameters address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP <POOL>...
Page 596: Netbios-Name-Server
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Force10 recommends specifying clients as hybrid. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax netbios-node-type type Parameters...
Page 597: Network
network Specify the range of addresses in an address pool. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax network network /prefix-length Parameters network/ prefix- Specify a range of addresses. Prefix-length range is 17 to 31. length Defaults none Command Modes DHCP <POOL> Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 598: Show Ip Dhcp Configuration
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] Parameters name pool Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system.
Page 599: Commands To Configure Secure Dhcp
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks.
Page 600: Clear Ip Dhcp Snooping
Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Related arp inspection – enables dynamic ARP inspection on a VLAN. Commands clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S-Series Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none...
Page 601: Object Missing
Object Missing This object is not available in the repository. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S-Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 602: Ip Dhcp Snooping Database
type interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the type of interface to which the host is connected: • For an 10/100 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastethernet. • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet. •...
Page 603: Ip Dhcp Snooping Database Renew
Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC •...
Page 604: Ip Dhcp Snooping Vlan
Parameters ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation (Not available on the E- Series). Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Added the keyword ipmac.
Page 605: Ip Dhcp Relay Information-Option
ip dhcp relay information-option Enable Option 82. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] Parameters trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. Default Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 606: Ip Dhcp Snooping Verify Mac-Address
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 607: Equal Cost Multi-Path (Ecmp)
Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) is supported on the Dell Force10 C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810 platforms. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold.
Page 608: Hash-Algorithm
Usage Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the Information ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the port- channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode. hash-algorithm Changes the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across a Port Channel. The ECMP and LAG options are supported on the Z-Series.
Page 609 • xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 - Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 • xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 - Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 • xor16: Use CR16 - 16 bit XOR crc16 | hg { Z-Series only: Enter the keyword hg followed by one of the following...
Page 610 value ip-sa-mask E-Series only: (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip-sa-mask followed by the ECMP/ LAG hash mask value. The range is 0 to FF. The default is FF. ip-da-mask E-Series only: (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywordip-da-mask followed by the ECMP/LAG hash mask value. The range is 0 to FF. The default is FF.
Page 611: Hash-Algorithm D
The different hash algorithms are based on the number of Port Channel members and packet values. The default hash algorithm (number 0) yields the most balanced results in various test scenarios, but if the default algorithm does not provide a satisfactory distribution of traffic, use the hash-algorithm command to designate another algorithm.
Page 612: Hash-Algorithm Ecmp
NOTE: You cannot separate LAG and ECMP, but you can use different algorithms across chassis with the same d. If LAG member ports span multiple port-pipes and line cards, set the d to the same value on each port-pipe to achieve deterministic behavior. NOTE: If the hash algorithm configuration is removed, Hash d does not go to the original factory default setting.
Page 613: Hash-Algorithm Hg
Term heading Description heading When a member leaves or is added to the ECMP group, the hash algorithm is recalculated to balance traffic across the members. Related Commands load-balance (C-Series and S-Series) hash-algorithm hg Change the hash algorithm to distribute traffic flows across different internal HiGig links. Z-Series Syntax hash-algorithm hg {crc16 | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 |...
Page 614: Hash-Algorithm Hg-Seed
hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value to be used in HiGig hashing. Z-Series Syntax [no] hash-algorithm hg-seed number | stack-unit unit number port-set port-pipe Parameters hg-seed number Enter the keywords hg-seed followed by the hash algorithm seed value. The range is 0 to 2147483646. unit stack-unit Enter the keywords stack-unit followed by the stack unit number.
Page 615: Ip Ecmp-Deterministic
Usage Deterministic ECMP sorts ECMPs in order even though RTM provides them in a random order. Information However, the hash algorithm uses as a seed the lower 12 bits of the chassis MAC, which yields a different hash result for every chassis. This means that for a given flow, even though the prefixes are sorted, two unrelated chassis will select different hops.
Page 616: Ip Ecmp-Group
ip ecmp-group Enable and specify the maximum number of ecmp that the L3 CAM hold for a route, By default, when maximum paths are not configured, the CAM can hold a maximum of 16 ecmp per route. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip ecmp-group {maximum-paths | {number} {path-fallback} To negate a command, use the no ip ecmp-group maximum-paths {number} command.
Page 617: Link-Bundle-Monitor Enable
arranged. This implementation ensures that every chassis having the same prefixes orders the ECMPs the same. With eight or less ECMPs, the ordering is lexicographic and deterministic. With more than eight ECMPs, ordering is deterministic but is not lexicographic. After enabling IPv6 Deterministic ECMP, traffic loss occurs for a few milliseconds while FTOS sorts the CAM entries.
Page 618: Show Link-Bundle Distribution
Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. show config Display the ECMP configuration. S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Related show running-config ecmp-group – displays interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being Commands monitored for uneven traffic distribution.
Page 619: Fips Cryptography
FIPS Cryptography The following commands are used to configure Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) Cryptography on the S4810 and Z-Series platforms. FIPS • fips mode enable • show fips status • show ip ssh • fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax [no] fips mode enable...
Page 620: Show Fips Status
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example FTOS #show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled FTOS# Command History Version 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 621 FTOS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface. NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Force10 representative. Z-Series, S4810 Syntax...
Page 622 With the FIPS mode enabled: • aes128–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes128–cbc encryption cipher. • aes256–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes256–cbc encryption cipher. -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword —l followed by the user name used in this SSH session. Default: The user name of the user associated with the terminal.
Page 623 Example If FIPS mode is not enabled: FTOS #ssh 10.11.8.12 ? Encryption cipher to use (for v2 client User name option HMAC algorithm to use (for v2 clients only) SSH server port option (default 22) SSH protocol version <cr> FTOS#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher FTOS #ssh 10.11.8.12 -m ?
Page 625: Fip Snooping
FIP Snooping The following Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) commands are used to configure and verify the FIP snooping feature on the S4810 and MXL Switch platforms. In a converged Ethernet network, an MXL switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on Fibre Channel over Ethernet initialization protocol (FIP) packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
Page 626: Clear Fip-Snooping Statistics
clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. S4810 and MXL Switch Syntax clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel port- channel-number] Parameters vlan-id...
Page 627: Feature Fip-Snooping
Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. feature fip-snooping Enable the FIP snooping feature on a switch. S4810 and MXL Switch Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FIP snooping feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION...
Page 628: Fip-Snooping Fc-Map
fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs. S4810 and MXL Switch Syntax fip-snooping fc-map fc-map-value To remove the configured FM-MAP value, use the no fip-snooping fc-map command. Parameters fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses. The range is 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF.
Page 629: Fip-Snooping Port-Mode Fcoe-Trusted
fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted Configure the port for bridge-to-bridge links. S4810 and MXL Switch Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted To remove the bridge-to-bridge link configuration from the port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 630: Show Fip-Snooping Enode
show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. S4810 and MXL Switch Syntax show fip-snooping enode [enode-mac-address] Parameters enode-mac- Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to be displayed. address Command Modes •...
Page 631: Show Fip-Snooping Sessions
Parameters fcf-mac-address Enter the MAC address of the FCF to be displayed. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage The following describes the show fip-snooping fcf command shown in the Example Information below.
Page 632: Show Fip-Snooping Statistics
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage The following describes the show fip-snooping sessions command shown in the Information Example below. Field Description ENode MAC...
Page 633 Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics displays. port-type port/ Enter the port-type and slot number of the FIP packet statistics slot displays. port-channel- Enter the port channel number of the FIP packet statistics displays. number Command Modes •...
Page 634 Field Description Number of FLOGI Number of FIP FLOGI accept frames received on the interface. Accepts Number of FLOGI Number of FIP FLOGI reject frames received on the interface. Rejects Number of FDISC Number of FIP FDISC accept frames received on the interface. Accepts Number of FDISC Number of FIP FDISC reject frames received on the interface.
Page 635: Show Fip-Snooping System
Number of FLOGI Number of FDISC Number of FLOGO Number of Enode Keep Alive :4416 Number of VN Port Keep Alive :3136 Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisement :0 Number of Unicast Discovery Advertisement :0 Number of FLOGI Accepts Number of FLOGI Rejects Number of FDISC Accepts Number of FDISC Rejects Number of FLOGO Accepts...
Page 636: Show Fip-Snooping Vlan
Display the FIPs status on the platform. S4810 and MXL Switch Syntax show fips status NOTE: You must have a license to access this command. For more information, contact your Dell Force10 representative. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC...
Page 637 Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Page 639: Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (Frrp)
Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the Spanning Tree Protocol.
Page 640: Debug Frrp
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics Information counters on all the available rings. FTOS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes. This commands clears the following counters: • hello Rx and Tx counters •...
Page 641: Description
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Because the resilient ring protocol can potentially transmit 20 packets per interface, you must Information restrict debug information. description Enter an identifying description of the ring.
Page 642: Interface
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. interface Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
Page 643 Fast Ethernet enter the keyword FastEthernet interface: followed by the slot/port information 1-Gigabit enter the keywordGigabitEthernet Ethernet followed by the slot/port information interface: Port Channel enter the keywordport-channel interface: followed by a number: • C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 • E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale SONET interface:...
Page 644: Member-Vlan
member-vlan Specify the member VLAN identification numbers. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax member-vlan {vlan-range} To return to the default, use the no member-vlan [vlan-range] command. Parameters vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination.
Page 645: Protocol Frrp
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. Range: 1 to 255. Defaults none Command Modes...
Page 646 Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics Information counters on all the available rings. FTOS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
Page 647: Timer
timer Set the hello interval or dead interval for the Ring control packets. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax timer {hello-interval milliseconds}| {dead-interval milliseconds} To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {dead-interval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval Enter the keyword hello-interval followed by the time, in milliseconds milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets.
Page 649: Garp Vlan Registration (Gvrp)
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The basic GVRP commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, and S4810 platforms. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
Page 650: Clear Gvrp Statistics
simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates. But if the local bridge needs to know only how to reach a given VLAN, then GVRP provides all necessary information. • The VLAN topologies that GVRP learns are treated differently from VLANs that are statically configured. The GVRP dynamic updates are not saved in NVRAM, while static updates are saved in NVRAM.
Page 651: Debug Gvrp
debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration.
Page 652: Garp Timers
disable Globally disable GVRP. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Related gvrp enable...
Page 653: Gvrp Enable
NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Usage • Join Timer—Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes Information with other participants.
Page 654: Gvrp Registration
gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed followed by the VLAN range in a comma separated VLAN ID set.
Page 655: Protocol Gvrp
protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol — (config-gvrp)#. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax protocol gvrp Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Related disable – globally disables GVRP. Commands show config Display the global GVRP configuration.
Page 656: Show Gvrp
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Example FTOS#show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------- Join Timer Leave Timer LeaveAll Timer...
Page 657: Show Gvrp Statistics
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Usage If no ports are GVRP participants, the message output changes from GVRP Participants Information running on <port_list>...
Page 658 • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. summary Enter the keyword summary to display just a summary of the GVRP statistics.
Page 659 Related show gvrp – displays the GVRP configuration. Commands...
Page 661: Grub
GRUB CRUB commands are supported on the Z-Series platform only. To access this mode, hit any key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot: Press ESC key to stop autoreboot... Select Force10 Boot on the screen and press C. You enter the GRUB mode immediately, as indicated by the grub> prompt.
Page 662: Reboot
Example grub>list_env serverip=10.11.200.241 ipaddr=10.11.196.141 netmask=255.255.0.0 gatewayip=10.11.196.254 bootfile=z9000-beta-5 primary_boot=f10boot flash0 secondary_boot=f10boot flash1 default_boot=f10boot flash1 macaddr-00:01:e8:94:3b:5a baudrate=9600 mgmtautoneg=true mgmtspeed100=true mgmtfullduplex=true grubcfg_version=1-0-0-8 gpxe_version=1-0-0-14 serialunit=0 grub_version=1-0-0-25 enablepwdignore=false stconfigignore=false grub> reboot Reboots the unit. Z-Series Syntax reboot Command Modes grub Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Save the environment variables before giving the reboot command or the changed variables Information...
Page 663 Parameters environment Enter the environment variable to be saved. variable Command Modes grub Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage The environment variables are listed under the list_env command. You must save the Information environment variables before rebooting. The save_env command must be used for each variable set using the set command.
Page 664 set default_boot=’f10boot flash0 | flash1 | tftp://ip-addr/file’ macaddr Set the MAC address of the unit. baudrate Set the baud rate of the console connection. enablepwdignore To reload the system software with or without the Enable Password set. Use the following syntax: set enablepwdignore=true|false stconfigignore To enable/disable applying the startup-confg during bootup.
Page 665: Icmp Message Types
ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and Their Definitions.\ Symbol Type...
Page 666 Symbol Type Code Description Query Error redirect for host redirect for type-of-service and network redirect for type-of-service and host echo request router advertisement router solicitation & time exceeded: time-to-live equals 0 during transit time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly parameter problem: IP header bad (catchall error) required option missing timestamp request...
Page 667: Internet Group Management Protocol (Igmp)
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) The IGMP commands are supported by the Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) on the E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, and S4810 platforms. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands FTOS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
Page 668: Debug Ip Igmp
• For an 100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
Page 669: Ip Igmp Access-Group
Series, the range is 1 to 128. For the E-Series, the range is 1 to 255 for Tera Scale. • For SONET interfaces, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. This keyword is only available on the E-Series and C-Series. •...
Page 670: Ip Igmp Group-Join-Limit
Usage The access list accepted is an extended ACL. Use this feature to block IGMP reports from Information hosts, on a per-interface basis based on the group address and source address that you specify in the access list. ip igmp group-join-limit Use this feature to limit the number of IGMP groups that can be joined in a second.
Page 671: Ip Igmp Last-Member-Query-Interval
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Querier normally sends a certain number of group-specific queries when a leave message is Information received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database.
Page 672: Ip Igmp Querier-Timeout
ip igmp querier-timeout Change the interval that must pass before a multicast router decides that there is no longer another multicast router that should be the querier. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip igmp querier-timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp querier-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new...
Page 673: Ip Igmp Query-Max-Resp-Time
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier.
Page 674: Ip Igmp Ssm-Map
ip igmp ssm-map Use a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list source-address Undo this configuration, that is, remove SSM map (S,G) states and replace them with (*,G) state, use the ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list source-address command.
Page 675: Ip Igmp Version
source exclude (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword exclude followed by the source address address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D), for which a static entry needs to be added. source include (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword include followed by the source address address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D), for which a static entry needs to be added.
Page 676: Show Ip Igmp Groups
Enter the number 3 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv3. Defaults 2 (that is, IGMPv2) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 677 detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Expanded to support the detail option.
Page 678: Show Ip Igmp Interface
Example (VLT) NOTE: The asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 2) highlighted in the Example below indicates the port channel is VLT, that the local VLT port channel is down and the remote VLT port is up. FTOS#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Uptime Expires Last Reporter...
Page 679: Show Ip Igmp Ssm-Map
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. only non-VLAN interfaces—specifying VLAN does not yield results. Usage IGMP commands accept Information...
Page 680: Igmp Snooping Commands
– Uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) Commands memberships. IGMP Snooping Commands FTOS supports IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 on all Dell Force10 systems. Important Points to Remember for IGMP Snooping • FTOS supports version 1, version 2, and version 3 hosts.
Page 681: Ip Igmp Snooping Enable
If the IP SA of the incoming IGMP general query is higher than the VLAN IP address, the switch continues to work as an IGMP snooping Querier. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip igmp snooping enable...
Page 682: Ip Igmp Snooping Flood
To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl- Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 683: Ip Igmp Snooping Last-Member-Query-Interval
Series, you must disable Layer 3 multicast (no ip multicast-routing) in order to disable Layer 2 multicast flooding. ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group-Specific queries sent in response to Group-Leave messages.
Page 684: Ip Igmp Snooping Querier
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: interface • For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 685: Show Ip Igmp Snooping Mrouter
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This is useful Information when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic does not need to be routed.
Page 686 Related • ip igmp snooping mrouter – Use this command to configure a static connection to the Commands multicast router. • show ip igmp groups – use this IGMP command to view groups.
Page 687: Interfaces
Interfaces The commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) on the E-Series, C-Series, S- Series, S4810, or Z-Series platforms. Although all interfaces are supported on E-Series ExaScale, some interface functionality is supported on E-Series ExaScale with FTOS 8.2.1.0 and later. When this is the case, it is noted in the Command History section.
Page 688 • For the management interface on the RPM, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by slot/port information. The slot range is 0 to 1 and the port range is 0. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
Page 689: Clear Dampening
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax clear dampening [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: •...
Page 690: Cx4-Cable-Length
cx4-cable-length Configure the length of the cable to be connected to the selected CX4 port. S-Series Syntax [no] cx4-cable-length {long | medium | short} Parameters long | medium | Enter the keyword that matches the cable length to be used at the short selected port: •...
Page 691: Dampening
shutdown FTOS(conf-if-0/52)#exit FTOS(config)# Related show config – displays the configuration of the selected interface. Commands dampening Configure dampening on an interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress- threshold]] [max-suppress-time]] Parameters half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires.
Page 692: Description
• suppress-threshold should be greater than reuse-threshold • max-suppress-time should be at least 4 times half-life NOTE: You cannot apply dampening on an interface that is monitoring traffic for other interfaces. Example FTOS(conf-if-gi-3/2)#dampening 20 800 4500 120 FTOS(conf-if-gi-3/2)# Related clear dampening –...
Page 693: Disable-On-Sfm-Failure
Related show interfaces description – displays the description field of the interfaces. Commands disable-on-sfm-failure Disable select ports on E300 systems when a single switch fabric modules (SFM) is available. E-Series Syntax disable-on-sfm-failure To delete a description, use the no disable-on-sfm-failure command. Defaults Port is not disabled.
Page 694: Duplex (10/100 Interfaces)
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Management to distinguish from Version 7.4.1.0 Documentation modified—added duplex (10/100 Interfaces). Usage This command applies only to the Management interface on the route processor modules Information (RPMs).
Page 695: Ecmp-Group
Usage This command applies to any physical interface with speed set to 10/100. Information NOTE: Starting with FTOS version 7.8.1.0, when you use a copper SFP2 module with catalog number GP-SFP2-1T in the S25P model of the S-Series, you can manually set its speed with the speed command.
Page 696: Flowcontrol
flowcontrol Control how the system responds to and generates 802.3x pause frames on 1Gig and 10Gig line cards. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax flowcontrol rx {off | on} tx {off | on} threshold {<1-2047> <1-2013> <1-2013>} NOTE: The threshold keyword is supported on the C-Series and S-Series only. Parameters rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control...
Page 697 On the C-Series and S-Series systems, the flow-control sender and receiver must be on the same port-pipe. Flow control is not supported across different port-pipes on the C-Series or S-Series system. NOTE: If you disable rx flow control, Dell Force10 recommends rebooting the system.
Page 698 Example (Values) This Example shows how FTOS negotiates the flow control values between two Dell Force10 chassis connected back-to-back using 1G copper ports. Configured LocRxConf LocTxConf RemoteRxConf RemoteTxConf LocNegRx LocNegTx RemNegRx RemNegTx...
Page 699: Interface
interface Configure a physical interface on the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax interface interface Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 700: Interface Loopback
show interfaces – displays the interface configuration. interface loopback Configure a Loopback interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax interface loopback number To remove a loopback interface, use the no interface loopback number command. Parameters number Enter a number as the interface number. The range is 0 to 16383. Defaults Not configured.
Page 701: Interface Null
Parameters slot/port Enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by slot number (0-1) and port number zero (0). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 702: Interface Range
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null Information interface is ip unreachables. Example FTOS(conf)#interface null 0 FTOS(conf-if-nu-0)#...
Page 703 • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 704 Example FTOS(conf)#interface range gi 2/1 - 11, gi 2/1 - 23 (Overlapping FTOS(conf-if-range-gi-2/1-23# Ports) Usage Only VLAN and port-channel interfaces created using the interface vlan and Information interface port-channel commands can be used in the interface range command. Use the show running-config command to display the VLAN and port-channel interfaces.
Page 705: Interface Range Macro (Define)
interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax define interface range macro name interface , interface , ... Parameters name Enter up to 16 characters for the macro name. interface, Enter the keywords interface range and one of the interfaces interface,...
Page 706: Interface Range Macro Name
pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Example (Single This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test. Execute the show Range) running-config command to display the macro definition. FTOS(config)# define interface-range test tengigabitethernet0/0-3, gigabitethernet 5/0-47, gigabitethernet 13/0-89 FTOS# show running-config | grep define define interface-range test tengigabitethernet0/0-3, gigabitethernet5/0-47,...
Page 707: Interface Vlan
interface range macro (define) – defines a macro for an interface range (bulk configuration). interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4096 VLANs. Z-Series, S4810, and MXL Switch Syntax interface vlan vlan-id [of-instance{of-id}] Parameters vlan-id Enter a number as the VLAN Identifier. The range is 1 to 4096. of-id } of-instance{ Enter the keyword of-instance followed by the OpenFlow instance ID...
Page 708: Ipg (Gigabit Ethernet Interfaces)
interface port-channel – configures a port channel group. show vlan – displays the current VLAN configuration on the switch. shutdown – disables/enables the VLAN. tagged – adds a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. untagged – adds a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface. openflow of-instance —...
Page 709: Keepalive
Parameters ieee-802.3ae Enter the keyword ieee-802.3ae to set the IPG to 12 (12-15) bytes (packet size dependent). shrink Enter the keyword shrink to set the IPG to 8 (8-11) bytes (packet size dependent). Defaults averaging the IPG Command Mode INTERFACE Command History pre-Version Introduced for E-Series (EtherScale-only).
Page 710: Lfs Enable (Etherscale)
keepalive, the system does not send keepalive packets and so the local end of a WAN link remains up even if the remote end is down. lfs enable (EtherScale) Enable link fault signaling (LFS) on EtherScale 10 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces only. E-Series Syntax lfs enable...
Page 711: Monitor Interface
monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces on a line card. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax monitor interface [interface] To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number...
Page 712 Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot). Change the view from a single interface to all interfaces on the line card or visa-versa.
Page 713: Mtu
T - Increase refresh interval t - Decrease refresh interval q - Quit Example (All systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.: 2s Time: Interfaces) 03:54:14 Interface Link In Packets [delta] Out Packets [delta] Gi 0/0 Down Gi 0/1 Down Gi 0/2 61512 66160 Gi 0/3...
Page 714 Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.0 Usage If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (ip Information mtu command) must be enough bytes to include the Layer 2 header: •...
Page 715: Negotiation Auto
negotiation auto Enable auto-negotiation on an interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax negotiation auto To disable auto-negotiation, use the no negotiation auto command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 716 Example (Master/ FTOS(conf)# int gi 0/0 Slave) FTOS(conf-if)#neg auto FTOS(conf-if-autoneg)# ? Exit from configuration mode exit Exit from autoneg configuration mode mode Specify autoneg mode Negate a command or set its defaults show Show autoneg configuration information FTOS(conf-if-autoneg)#mode ? forced-master Force port to master mode forced-slave Force port to slave mode FTOS(conf-if-autoneg)#...
Page 717: Portmode Hybrid
* You cannot disable auto-negotiation when the speed is set to 1000 or auto. Related speed (for 10/100/1000 interfaces) – sets the link speed to 10, 100, 1000 or auto-negotiate the Commands speed. portmode hybrid Set a physical port or port-channel to accept both tagged and untagged frames. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays.
Page 718: Rate-Interval
Example FTOS(conf)#interface gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-gi-7/0)#portmode hybrid FTOS(conf-if-gi-7/0)#interface vlan 10 FTOS(conf-if-vl-10)#untagged gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-vl-10)#interface vlan 20 FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)#tagged gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)# Example FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)#do show interfaces switchport Name: GigabitEthernet 7/0 802.1QTagged: Hybrid Vlan membership: Vlan Vlan 20 Native VlanId: 10 FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)# Example (Vlan) FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)#interface vlan 10 FTOS(conf-if-vl-10)#no untagged gi 7/0 FTOS(conf-if-vl-10)#interface vlan 20...
Page 719: Show Config
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along Information with the collected traffic data.
Page 720: Show Config (From Interface Range Mode)
show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (conf-if-range) Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 721 • For the management interface on an RPM, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by the slot/port information. The slot range is 0 to 1 and the port range is 0. • For a Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. •...
Page 722 On the S4810, the show interface output displays incorrect rate information details over time for link monitoring when the rate-interval is configured for 5 seconds. Dell Force10 recommends using higher rate-intervals such as 15 to 299 seconds to minimize the errors seen.
Page 723 Line Description Last clearing... Displays the time when the show interfaces counters where cleared. Queuing strategy... States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out. Input Statistics: Displays all the input statistics including: • Number of packets and bytes into the interface •...
Page 724 Line Description Rate information... Estimate of the input and output traffic rate over a designated interval (30 to 299 seconds). Traffic rate is displayed in bits, packets per second, and percent of line rate. Time since... Elapsed time since the last interface status change (hh:mm:ss format).
Page 725 Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:41:77:c5 Current address is 00:01:e8:41:77:c5 Pluggable media present, XFP type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850.00nm XFP receive power reading is -2.4834 Interface index is 134545468 Port will not be disabled on partial SFM failure MTU 9252 bytes, IP MTU 9234 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit Flowcontrol rx on tx on...
Page 726 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 Vlans, 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec,0.00% of line-rate...
Page 727 LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:06:14 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example...
Page 728: Show Interfaces Configured
show interfaces configured Display any interface with a non-default configuration. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show interfaces configured Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Page 729: Show Interfaces Dampening
show interfaces dampening Display interface dampening information. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show interfaces dampening [[interface] [summary] [detail]] Parameters interface (Optional) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Page 730: Show Interfaces Debounce
Related dampening – configures dampening on an interface. Commands show interfaces – displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces configured – displays any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces debounce Display information on interfaces with the debounce timer configured. E-Series Syntax show interfaces debounce interface...
Page 731 Parameters interface (Optional) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 732: Show Interfaces Linecard
Field Description Indicates if the hardware is functioning properly. Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface. Description Displays the description (if any) manually configured for the interface.
Page 733 The Example below shows a line card that has an XFP interface. The type, medium, Information wavelength, and receive power details are displayed. When a device that is not certified by Dell Force10 is inserted, it might work, but its details might not be readable by FTOS and not displayed here. Example...
Page 734: Show Interfaces Phy
show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show interfaces gigabitethernet slot/port phy Parameters gigabitethernet Enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 735 • 0 - Manual MDI • 1 - Manual MDIX • 2 - N/A • 3 - Auto MDI/MDIX Phy Specific Displays PHY-specific status information. Cable length represents a Status rough estimate in meters: • 0 - < 50 meters •...
Page 736: Show Interfaces Stack-Unit
show interfaces stack-unit Display information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series or Z-Series stack member. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show interfaces stack-unit unit-number Parameters unit-number Enter the stack member number (0 to 7). Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 737: Show Interfaces Status
show interfaces status Display a summary of interface information or specify a line card slot and interface to display status information on that specific interface only. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show interfaces [interface | linecard slot-number] status Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: •...
Page 738: Show Interfaces Switchport
Gi 0/9 Down Auto Auto Gi 0/10 Down Auto Auto Gi 0/11 Down Auto Auto Gi 0/12 Down Auto Auto Gi 0/13 Down Auto Auto Gi 0/14 Down Auto Auto Gi 0/15 Down Auto Auto FTOS# Related show interfaces – displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. Commands show interfaces switchport Display only virtual and physical interfaces in Layer 2 mode.
Page 739 Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for hybrid port/native VLAN, introduced on the S- Series.
Page 740: Show Interfaces Transceiver
Related interface – configures a physical interface on the switch. Commands show ip interface – displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show interfaces – displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces transceiver – displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver.
Page 741 Line Description Rx Power Output depends on the vendor, typically either “Average” or “OMA” measurement type (Receiver optical modulation amplitude). Temp High Alarm Factory-defined setting, typically in Centigrade. Value differs threshold between SFPs and SFP+. Voltage High Alarm Displays the interface index number used by SNMP to identify the threshold interface.
Page 742 Line Description TX Power Low Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Warning threshold Power Low Warning Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. threshold Temperature Current temperature of the sfps. If this temperature crosses Temp High alarm/warning thresholds, the temperature high alarm/warning flag is set to true.
Page 743 Line Description Tx Power High Alarm This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx bias Flag power value displayed above. Rx Power High This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power Alarm Flag value displayed above.
Page 744 SFP 0 Transciever Code = 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x20 0x40 0x0c 0x05 SFP 0 Encoding = 0x01 SFP 0 BR Nominal = 0x15 SFP 0 Length(9um) Km = 0x00 SFP 0 Length(9um) 100m = 0x00 SFP 0 Length(50um) 10m = 0x1e SFP 0 Length(62.5um) 10m = 0x0f...
Page 745: Show Range
SFP 1 Temperature Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Tx Bias Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Tx Power Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Rx Power Low Alarm Flag = True =================================== !-------output truncated -------------------------!
Page 746: Show Running-Config Ecmp-Group
show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link- bundles). S4810 Syntax show running-config ecmp-group...
Page 747: Speed (For 10/100/1000 Interfaces)
shutdown command on a port channel disables all traffic on the port channel and the individual interfaces within the port channel. To enable a port channel, you must enter no shutdown on the port channel interface and at least one interface within that port channel. The shutdown and description commands are the only commands that you can configure on an interface that is a member of a port channel.
Page 748: Speed (Management Interface)
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Supported on LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P cards. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage This command is found on the 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. Information When you enable auto, the system performs an automatic discovery to determine the optics installed and configure the appropriate speed.
Page 749: Stack-Unit Portmode
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.0 Usage This command is found on the Management interface only.
Page 750: Switchport
• The unit number with the split ports must be the default (stack-unit 0). • This can be verified using CLI show system brief. If the unit ID is different than 0, it must be renumbered to 0 before ports are split by using the stackunit id renumber 0 command in EXEC mode.
Page 751: Wanport
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Added the backup interface option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.0 Usage If an IP address or VRRP group is assigned to the interface, you cannot use the switchport Information command on the interface.
Page 752: Port Channel Commands
Example interface TenGigabitEthernet 13/0 no ip address no shutdown FTOS(conf-if-te-13/0)# FTOS(conf-if-te-13/0)#wanport % Error: Port should be in shutdown mode, config ignored Te 13/0. FTOS(conf-if-te-13/0)# FTOS(conf-if-te-13/0)#shutdown FTOS(conf-if-te-13/0)# FTOS(conf-if-te-13/0)#wanport FTOS(conf-if-te-13/0)# Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad.
Page 753 • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
Page 754: Group
interface configured and enabled in the Port Channel. If that first interface goes down, the Port Channel does not change its designated speed; you must disable and re-enable the Port Channel or change the order of the channel members configuration to change the designated speed.
Page 755: Interface Port-Channel
interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing up to 16 physical interfaces on the E-Series and eight physical interfaces on C-Series and S-Series. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channel-number command.
Page 756: Minimum-Links
Example FTOS(conf)#int port-channel 2 FTOS(conf-if-po-2)# Related channel-member – adds a physical interface to the LAG. Commands interface – configures a physical interface. interface loopback – configures a Loopback interface. interface null – configures a null interface. interface vlan – configures a VLAN. shutdown –...
Page 757: Port-Channel Failover-Group
port-channel failover-group Access PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode to configure a LAG failover group. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax port-channel failover-group To remove all LAG failover groups, use the no port-channel failover-group command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 758: Show Interfaces Port-Channel
Example FTOS(conf-if-po-1)#show config interface Port-channel 1 no ip address shutdown FTOS(conf-if-po-1)# show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] Parameters channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number.
Page 759 Field Description Hardware is... Displays the interface’s hardware information and its assigned MAC address. Port-channel is Indicates whether the LAG is part of a LAG fate-sharing group part... (“Failover-group”). Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed.
Page 760 41 64-byte pkts, 44502871 over 64-byte pkts, 249 over 127- byte pkts 407 over 255-byte pkts, 3127 over 511-byte pkts, 606 over 1023-byte pkts Received 0 input symbol errors, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 IP Checksum, 0 overrun, 0 discarded 1218120 packets output, 100745130 bytes, 0 underruns Output 5428 Multicasts, 4 Broadcasts, 1212688 Unicasts 1216142 IP Packets, 0 Vlans, 0 MPLS...
Page 761: Show Port-Channel-Flow
show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show port-channel-flow outgoing-port-channel number incoming- interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} | {protocol number | icmp | tcp | udp} | {source-port number destination-port number} | {source-mac address destination-mac address {vlan vlanid | ether-type}} Parameters...
Page 762 source-mac Enter the keywords source-mac followed by the MAC source address address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. destination-mac Enter the keywords destination-mac followed by the MAC address destination address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. vlan-id vlan Enter the keywords vlan followed by the VLAN-id. Range: 0–4094. ether-type Enter the keywords ether-type in the XX:XX format.
Page 763: Time Domain Reflectometer (Tdr)
• An IP payload is going out of a Layer 2 LAG interface that is a member of a VLAN with an IP address Example FTOS#show port-channel-flow outgoing-port-channel 2 incoming- interface gi 3/0 source-ip 2.2.2.0 destination-ip 3.2.3.1 protocol tcp source-port 5 destination-port 6 Egress Port for port-channel 2, for the given flow: Unfragmented packet: Gi 1/6...
Page 764: Show Tdr
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage The interface must be enabled to run the test or an error message is generated: Information FTOS#tdr-cable-test gigabitethernet 5/2 %Error: Interface is disabled GI 5/2...
Page 765: Udp Broadcast
Status Definition OK Status: TDR test is complete, no fault is detected on the cable, and the test is Terminated terminated. Length: 92 (+/- 1) A short is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is 92 meters, Status: meters.
Page 766: Ip Udp-Broadcast-Address
Defaults Debug disabled. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Example FTOS#debug ip udp-helper UDP helper debugging is on 01:20:22: Pkt rcvd on Gi 5/0 with IP DA (0xffffffff) will be sent on Gi 5/1 Gi 5/2 Vlan 3 01:44:54: Pkt rcvd on Gi 7/0 is handed over for DHCP...
Page 767: Ip Udp-Helper Udp-Port
Usage When a UDP broadcast packet is flooded out of an interface, and the outgoing interface is Information configured using this command, the outgoing packet’s IP destination address is replaced with the configured broadcast address. Related debug ip udp-helper – enables debug and displays the debug information on a console. Commands show ip udp-helper –...
Page 768: Show Ip Udp-Helper
show ip udp-helper Display the configured UDP helper(s) on all interfaces. E-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip udp-helper Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Example FTOS#show ip udp-helper -------------------------------------------------- Port port...
Page 769: Ipv4 Routing
IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 E-Series, C-Series, S-Series or Z-Series platforms. Use address resolution protocol (ARP) to associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810...
Page 770: Arp Backoff-Time
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 771: Arp Learn-Enable
arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage In FTOS versions prior to 8.3.1.0, if a gratuitous ARP is received some time after an ARP request Information is sent, only RP2 installs the ARP information.
Page 772: Arp Timeout
Usage Retries are 20 seconds apart. Information Related show arp retries – displays the configured number of ARP retries. Commands arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax arp timeout minutes Parameters...
Page 773 Parameters vrf name E-Series Only: Clear only the ARP cache entries tied to the VRF process. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 774: Clear Host
pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax clear host name Parameters name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries.
Page 775: Clear Ip Fib Stack-Unit
Command History Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Usage Use this command to clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies. Information CAUTION: Executing this command causes traffic disruption.
Page 776: Clear Ip Route
clear ip route Clear one or all routes in the routing table. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax clear ip route {* | ip-address mask | vrf vrf instance} Parameters Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table.
Page 777: Debug Arp
(OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear only statistics from the Control Processor. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to clear only the statistics from Route Processor 1. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to clear only the statistics from Route Processor 2. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History...
Page 778: Debug Ip Dhcp
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094. value count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count followed by the count value. The range is 1 to 65534. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 779: Debug Ip Icmp
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series. Example FTOS#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received...
Page 780 To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Page 781: Debug Ip Packet
Usage Use the count option to stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is Information turned on. debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command.
Page 782 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Added the access-group option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 783 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.3 (Ma 0/0), len 1500, sending fragment IP Fragment, Ident = 4741, fragment offset = 1480 IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.5 (Gi 4/11), len 64, sending broad/multicast proto=89 IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.6 (Gi 4/11), len 28, sending broad/multicast proto=2 IP: s=0.0.0.0, d=30.30.30.30, len 100, unroutable ICMP type=8, code=0...
Page 784: Ip Address
ip address Assign a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip address ip-address mask [secondary] To delete an IP address from an interface, use the no ip address [ip-address] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format.
Page 785: Ip Domain-List
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command.
Page 786: Ip Domain-Lookup
ip domain-lookup Enable dynamic host-name to address resolution (that is, DNS). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax p domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 787: Ip Fib Download-Igp-Only
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage You can only configure one domain name with the ip domain-name command. To Information configure more than one domain name, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times.
Page 788: Ip Helper-Address
ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip helper-address ip-address | ipv6-address | default-vrf To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command.
Page 789: Ip Helper-Address Hop-Count Disable
ip helper-address hop-count disable Disable the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip helper-address hop-count disable To re-enable the hop-count increment, use the no ip helper-address hop-count disable command. Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremented by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History...
Page 790: Ip Max-Frag-Count
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced for the E-Series.
Page 791 ip mtu Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet transmitted by the RPM for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, FTOS sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. E-Series, S4810 Syntax ip mtu value...
Page 792: Ip Name-Server
Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet 22 bytes with VLAN-Stack Header Tagged Packet with 26 bytes VLAN-Stack Header Related – sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. Commands ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers.
Page 793: Ip Proxy-Arp
You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers. Related ipv6 name-server – configures an IPv6 name server. Commands ip proxy-arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip proxy-arp To disable proxy ARP, use the no ip proxy-arp command. Defaults Enabled.
Page 794: Ip Route
pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage This command is available for physical interfaces and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. Information NOTE: This command is not supported on default VLAN (the default vlan-id command). ip route Assign a static route to the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip route vrf {vrf instance} destination mask {ip-address |...
Page 795 • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
Page 796: Ip Source-Route
ip source-route Enable FTOS to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1...
Page 797: Ip Vlan-Flooding
ip vlan-flooding Enable unicast data traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. E-Series Syntax ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage By default, this command is disabled.
Page 798 mac {dest-mac | Enter the keywords to distribute MAC traffic based on the following source-dest-mac criteria: | source-mac} • dest-mac — Uses the destination MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded.
Page 799: Load-Balance (E-Series)
load-balance (E-Series) By default, for E-Series chassis, FTOS uses an IP 5-tuple to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal cost paths. To designate another method to balance traffic over Port Channel members, use the load- balance command.
Page 800: Load-Balance Hg
• IP source address • IP destination address • IP Protocol type • TCP/UDP source port • TCP/UDP destination port NOTE: For IPV6, only the first 32 bits (LSB) of IP Source Address and IP Destination Address are used for hash generation. The table below lists the load balance command options and how the command combinations affect the distribution of traffic.
Page 801 Parameters {ip-selection| To use IPv4 key fields in hash computation, enter the keyword ip- ipv6-selection selection followed by one of the parameters. To use IPv6 key source-ip | fields in hash computation, enter the keyword ipv6-selection source-ipv6 | followed by one of the parameters. source-port-id | •...
Page 802: Management Route
Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax management route {{ip-address mask | {ipv6-address prefix- length}} {forwarding-router-address | managementethernet} To remove a static route, use the no management route{{ip-address mask | {ipv6-address prefix-length}}{forwarding-router-address |...
Page 803: Show Arp
static routes and the Management Connected prefix are not reflected in the hardware routing tables. Separate routing tables are maintained for IPv4 and IPv6 management routes. This command manages both tables. Related interface ManagementEthernet – configures the Management port on the system (either the Commands Primary or Standby RPM).
Page 804 • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip followed by an IP address in the mask dotted decimal format. Enter the optional IP address mask in the slash prefix format (/ x).
Page 805 Row Heading Description Interface Displays the first two letters of the interfaces type and the slot/port associated with the ARP entry. VLAN Displays the VLAN ID, if any, associated with the ARP entry. Lists which CPU the entries are stored on. Example FTOS>show arp Protocol...
Page 806: Show Arp Retries
Row Heading Description Total Entries Lists the total number of ARP entries in the ARP table. Static Entries Lists the total number of configured or static ARP entries. Dynamic Entries Lists the total number of learned or dynamic ARP entries. Lists which CPU the entries are stored on.
Page 807 Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 addresses. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series.
Page 808: Show Ip Cam Linecard
Name servers are not set Host Flags Type Address -------- ----- ---- ---- ------- (perm, OK) - 2.2.2.2 4200-1 (perm, OK) - 192.68.69.2 1230-3 (perm, OK) - 192.68.99.2 (perm, OK) - 192.71.18.2 Z10-3 (perm, OK) - 192.71.23.1 FTOS# Related traceroute –...
Page 809 Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the Example below. Information Field Description Index Displays the CAM index number of the entry. Destination Displays the destination route of the index.
Page 810 Usage The following describes the show ip cam summary command shown in the Example Information below. Field Description Prefix Length Displays the prefix-length or mask for the IP address configured on the linecard 0 port pipe 0. Current Use Displays the number of routes currently configured for the corresponding prefix or mask on the linecard 0 port pipe 0.
Page 811: Show Ip Cam Stack-Unit
show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for an S-Series or Z-Series switch. S-Series, Z-Series Syntax show ip cam stack-unit id port-set pipe-number [ip-address mask [longer-prefixes] | summary] Parameters Enter the stack-unit ID. The unit ID range is 0 to 7 for S-Series. pipe-number Enter the number of the Port-Pipe number.
Page 812 Field Description Port Displays the egress interface. Use the second half of the entry to determine the interface. For example, in the entry 17cl CP, the CP is the pertinent portion. • CP = control processor • Gi = Gigabit Ethernet interface •...
Page 813: Show Ip Fib Linecard
show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries. C-Series, E-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip fib linecard slot-number [vrf vrf instance | ip- address/prefix-list | summary] Parameters vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF instance name to show the FIB cache entries tied to that VRF instance.
Page 814: Show Ip Fib Stack-Unit
Field Description Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. Index Displays the internal interface number. Displays the number of ECMP paths. Example FTOS>show ip fib linecard 12 Destination Gateway First-Hop...
Page 815 longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view the total number of prefixes in the FIB. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 816: Show Ip Flow
show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip flow interface [vrf vrf instance] interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp] | icmp} {src-port number destination-port number} Parameters vrf instance...
Page 817: Show Ip Interface
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.1.1.0 Usage This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This is useful in identifying Information which interface the packet follows in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only.
Page 818 • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel followed by a number. For the C-Series and S- Series, the range is 1 to 128. For the E-Series, the range is 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. •...
Page 819 Lines Description TenGigabitEthernet Displays the interface’s type, slot/port, and physical and line protocol 0/0... status. Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. IP MTU is... Displays IP MTU value.
Page 820: Show Ip Management-Route
down down GigabitEthernet 1/1 unassigned Manual administratively down down GigabitEthernet 1/2 unassigned YES Manual GigabitEthernet 1/3 unassigned YES Manual GigabitEthernet 1/4 unassigned YES Manual GigabitEthernet 1/5 10.10.10.1 YES Manual GigabitEthernet 1/6 unassigned Manual administratively down down show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static]...
Page 821: Show Ipv6 Management-Route
----------- ------- ----- 10.1.2.0/24 ManagementEthernet 0/0 Connected 172.16.1.0/24 10.1.2.4 Active FTOS# show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] Parameters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch.
Page 822: Show Ip Route
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 823 mask (OPTIONAL) Specify the network mask of the route. Use this parameter with the IP address parameter. longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. list prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword list and the name of a configured prefix list.
Page 824 Usage The following describes the show ip route all command in the Example below. Information Field Description (undefined) Identifies the type of route: • C = connected • S = static • R = RIP • B = BGP • IN = internal BGP •...
Page 825: Show Ip Route List
3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.10, So 2/8 120/1 00:07:12 via 101.10.10.10, So 2/9 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/8 00:08:54 > R 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/8 120/0 00:08:54 101.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/9 00:09:15 > R 101.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/9 120/0 00:09:15 FTOS# Example FTOS#show ip route summary (Summary) Route Source Active Routes...
Page 826: Show Ip Route Summary
Codes:C- connected, S - static, R - RIP, B- BGP, IN - internal BGP, EX - external BGP,LO - Locally Originated, O- OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area, N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2- OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2- OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2- IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default,...
Page 827: Show Ip Traffic
Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in FTOS. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols.
Page 828 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view only the statistics from Route Processor 2. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Page 829 Keyword Definition ...bad length The length of the packet was not correct..no port broadcasts The incoming broadcast/multicast packet did not have any listener..socket full The applications buffer was full and the incoming packet had to be dropped. The F10 Monitoring MIB provides access to the statistics described below. •...
Page 830: Show Protocol-Termination-Table
show protocol-termination-table Display the IP packet termination table (IPPTT). E-Series Syntax show protocol-termination-table linecard number port-set port- pipe-number Parameters number linecard Enter the keyword linecard followed by slot number of the line card. For the E-Series, the range is 0 to 13 on a E1200/1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300.
Page 831: Show Tcp Statistics
PIM-SM IGMP OSPF Related show ip cam stack-unit – displays the CAM table. Commands show tcp statistics View information on TCP traffic through the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp1 | rp2} Parameters Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information.
Page 832 Field Description Rcvd: Displays the number and types of TCP packets received by the switch. • Total = total packets received • no port = number of packets received with no designated port 0 checksum error... Displays the number of packets received with the following: •...
Page 833 Field Description 14 Connections Displays the number of TCP connections closed, dropped. closed... 20 Total rxmt... Displays the number of times the switch tried to re-send data and the number of connections dropped during the TCP retransmit timeout period. 0 Keepalive..Lists the number of keepalive packets in timeout, the number keepalive probes and the number of TCP connections dropped during keepalive.
Page 835: Ipv6 Basics
IPv6 Basics IPv6 Basic Commands are supported on Dell Force10 E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810 platforms. NOTE: For information about the Force10 operating software (FTOS) version and platform that supports IPv6 in each FTOS Configuration Guide . software feature, refer to the "IPv6 Addressing" chapter of the clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a linecard or stack unit.
Page 836: Clear Ipv6 Mld_Host
Parameters Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix prefix-length length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Page 837: Ipv6 Address
Command History Version 9.1.(0.0) Updated Usage Information section. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Infomation • Up to two addresses can be configured by SAA. If any preferred prefix or valid timers time out, the corresponding address will be deprecated or removed respectively. If an address is removed due to a time out, an address from the current unused prefix is used to create a new address.
Page 838: Ipv6 Control-Plane Icmp Error-Rate-Limit
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support on the management Ethernet port. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage • If two addresses are configured, you must delete an existing address before Information configuring a new address.
Page 839: Ipv6 Flowlabel-Zero
Default 100 pps Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. S4810 Syntax ipv6 flowlabel-zero To disable the 0 from being set in the field and allow the field to be filled by protocol operations, use the no ipv6 flowlabel-zero command.
Page 840: Ipv6 Name-Server
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2...
Page 841: Ipv6 Nd Dad Attempts
ipv6 nd dad attempts Configure the number of neighbor solicitation messages that are sent to perform duplicate address detection (DAD) on the management interface. S4810 Syntax ipv6 nd dad attempts {number of attempts} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 nd dad attempts command. Parameters number of Enter the number of attempts to be made to detect a duplicate...
Page 842: Ipv6 Route
valid-lifetime | Enter the amount of time that the prefix is advertised, or enter infinite infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is 0 to 4294967295. The default is 2592000. The maximum value means that the preferred lifetime does not expire for the valid-life time parameter. preferred-lifetime Enter the amount of time that the prefix is preferred, or enter | infinite...
Page 843 • For the null interface, enter the keyword null followed by zero (0). • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 844: Ipv6 Unicast-Routing
Usage When the interface goes down, FTOS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by FTOS, Information when the interface comes back up. When a recursive resolution is “broken,” FTOS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by FTOS, when the recursive resolution is satisfied. After an IPv6 static route interface is created, if an IP address is not assigned to a peer interface, the peer must be manually pinged to resolve the neighbor information.
Page 845: Show Ipv6 Cam Linecard
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Because this command is enabled by default, it does not appear in the running configuration. Information When you disable unicast routing, the no ipv6 unicast-routing command is included in the running configuration.
Page 846 Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage The forwarding table displays host route first, then displays route originated by routing protocol Information including static route.
Page 847: Show Ipv6 Cam Stack-Unit
Prefix First-Hop Mac-Addr Port VId EC ---------------------------------------------------------- [ 4096] 500::/64 : : 0 0 :00:00:00:00:00 [ 4096] 700::/64 : : 0 0 :00:00:00:00:00 FTOS# show ipv6 cam stack-unit Displays the IPv6 CAM entries for the specified stack-unit. S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ipv6 cam stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} [summary | index | ipv6 address]...
Page 848: Show Ipv6 Control-Plane Icmp
NOTE: If a route has a mask greater than 64, no output is displayed and no output is displayed for show ipv6 cam stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} ipv6-address, but an equivalent /64 entry would be listed in the show ipv6 cam stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} output.
Page 849: Show Ipv6 Fib Stack-Unit
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ipv6 fib stack-unit View all FIB entries.
Page 850: Show Ipv6 Flowlabel-Zero
show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Display the flow label zero setting. S4810 Syntax show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Default Disabled Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Related ipv6 nd dad attempts – Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. Commands show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
Page 851 configured (OPTIONAL) View information on all IPv6 configured interfaces. gigabitethernet (OPTIONAL) View information for an IPv6 gigabitethernet interface. slot- linecard (OPTIONAL) View information for a specific IPv6 linecard or S-Series number stack-unit: • The range is 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600, and 0 to 5 on a E300 •...
Page 852 2001::1, subnet is 2001::/64 2002::1, subnet is 2002::/120 2003::1, subnet is 2003::/120 2004::1, subnet is 2004::/32 Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:1 ff02::1:ff8a:e8f7 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds...
Page 853: Show Ipv6 Mld_Host
show ipv6 mld_host Display the IPv6 MLD host counters. S4810 Syntax show ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage The following describes the show ipv6 mld-host command shown in the Example Information below: Field Description Valid MLD Packets...
Page 855: Intermediate System To Intermediate System (Is-Is)
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS- The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) protocol for IPv4 and IPv6 is supported on the E-Series and S4810 platforms. IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic.
Page 856: Advertise
advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa). E-Series, S4810 Syntax advertise {level1-into-level2 | level2-into-level1} prefix- list-name To return to the default, use the no advertise {level1-into-level2 | level2- into-level1}[prefix-list-name] command. Parameters level1-into-level2 Enter the keywords level1-into-level2 to advertise Level 1...
Page 857: Clear Config
Parameters hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. password Enter a 1 to 16-character length alphanumeric string to prevent unauthorized access or incorrect routing information corrupting the link state database.
Page 858: Clear Isis
clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. E-Series, S4810 Syntax clear isis [tag] {* | database | traffic} Parameters (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process.
Page 859: Debug Isis
debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations. E-Series, S4810 Syntax debug isis To disable debugging of IS-IS, use the no debug isis command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Entering debug isis enables all debugging parameters. Information Use this command to display all debugging information in one output.
Page 860: Debug Isis Local-Updates
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. debug isis local-updates Enables debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information to debug IS-IS local update packets. E-Series, S4810 Syntax debug isis local-updates [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis local-updates [interface] command.
Page 861: Debug Isis Snp-Packets
debug isis snp-packets Enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information to debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets. E-Series, S4810 Syntax debug isis snp-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis snp-packets [interface] command.
Page 862: Debug Isis Update-Packets
Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis update-packets Enable debugging on link state PDUs (LSPs) that are detected by a router. E-Series, S4810 Syntax debug isis update-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis update-packets [interface] command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: •...
Page 863 To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route- map map-name] command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to have the default route always advertised. metric metric (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric followed by a number to...
Page 864: Distance
description Enter a description of the IS-IS routing protocol. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, S4810 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the IS-IS protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER ISIS...
Page 865: Distribute-List In
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage The administrative distance indicates the trust value of incoming packets. A low administrative Information distance indicates a high trust rate. A high value indicates a lower trust rate. For example, a weight of 255 is interpreted that the routing information source is not trustworthy and should be ignored.
Page 866: Distribute-List Out
Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Related • distribute-list out – suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. Commands • redistribute – redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates. E-Series, S4810 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [connected | bgp as number...
Page 867: Distribute-List Redistributed-Override
Related • distribute-list in – filters the networks received in updates. Commands • redistribute – redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list redistributed-override Suppress flapping of routes when the same route is redistributed into IS-IS from multiple routers in the network. E-Series, S4810 Syntax distribute-list redistributed-override in...
Page 868: Graceful-Restart Ietf
password Enter an alphanumeric string up to 16 characters long. If you do not specify an encryption type or hmac-md5 keywords, the password is processed as plain text which provides limited security. Defaults No default password. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 869: Graceful-Restart Interval
graceful-restart interval Set the graceful restart grace period, the time during that all graceful restart attempts are prevented. E-Series, S4810 Syntax graceful-restart interval minutes To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart interval command. Parameters minutes Enter the graceful-restart interval minutes. The range is 1 to 20 minutes.
Page 870: Graceful-Restart T2
graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize. E-Series, S4810 Syntax graceful-restart t2 {level-1 | level-2} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t2 command. Parameters level-1, level-2 Enter the keywords level-1 or level-2 to identify the database...
Page 871: Graceful-Restart Restart-Wait
Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage The running router sets the remaining time value to the current adjacency hold time. You can Information override this setting by implementing this command. Override the default restart-wait time by entering the no graceful-restart restart-wait command.
Page 872: Hello Padding
hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. E-Series, S4810 Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | point-to- point] command.
Page 873: Ignore-Lsp-Errors
Related clns host – defines a name-to-NSAP mapping. Commands ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. E-Series, S4810 Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsp- errors).
Page 874: Ipv6 Router Isis
Usage Use the net command to assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS. Information Related • – configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. Commands • router isis – enables the IS-IS routing protocol. ipv6 router isis Enable the IPv6 IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IPv6 IS-IS process.
Page 875: Isis Circuit-Type
isis circuit-type Configure the adjacency type on interfaces. E-Series, S4810 Syntax isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no isis circuit-type command. Parameters level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors.
Page 876: Isis Hello-Interval
Parameters seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi-access networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is 0 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 1. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 2.
Page 877: Isis Hello-Multiplier
Usage Hello packets are held for a length of three times the value of the hello interval. Use a high Information hello interval seconds to conserve bandwidth and CPU usage. Use a low hello interval seconds for faster convergence (but uses more bandwidth and CPU resources). Related isis hello-multiplier –...
Page 878: Isis Hello Padding
isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from INTERFACE mode. E-Series, S4810 Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default, use the no isis hello padding command. Defaults Padding of hello PDUs is enabled (ON). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History...
Page 879: Isis Metric
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Dell Force10 recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this Information command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis metric Assign a metric to an interface. E-Series, S4810 Syntax isis metric default-metric [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command.
Page 880: Isis Network Point-To-Point
isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface. E-Series, S4810 Syntax isis network point-to-point To disable the feature, use the no isis network point-to-point command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 881: Isis Priority
You can assign different passwords for different routing levels by using the keywords level-1 and level-2. The no form of this command disables the password for Level 1 or Level 2 routing, using the respective keywords level-1 or level-2. This password provides limited security as it is processed as plain text. isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select.
Page 882: Is-Type
is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. E-Series, S4810 Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command. Parameters level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router. level-1-2 Allows a router to act as both a Level 1 and Level 2 router.
Page 883: Lsp-Gen-Interval
lsp-gen-interval Set the minimum interval between successive generations of link-state packets (LSPs). E-Series, S4810 Syntax lsp-gen-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no lsp-gen-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command.
Page 884: Lsp-Mtu
lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs generated by this router. E-Series, S4810 Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes.
Page 885: Max-Area-Addresses
Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. Usage The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted Information preventing the information from becoming obsolete. The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsp- lifetime command.
Page 886: Maximum-Paths
To restore the default time, use the no max-lsp-lifetime command. Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 1200.
Page 887: Metric-Style
metric-style Configure a router to generate and accept old-style, new-style, or both styles of type, length, and values (TLV). E-Series, S4810 Syntax metric-style {narrow [transition] | transition | wide [transition]} [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no metric-style {narrow [transition] | transition | wide [transition]} [level-1 | level-2] command.
Page 888: Passive-Interface
Parameters transition Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced. Use this mandatory command to configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. E-Series, S4810 Syntax net network-entity-title...
Page 889: Redistribute
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383. •...
Page 890 metric- metric (OPTIONAL) Assign a value to the redistributed route. The range is 0 value to 16777215. The default is 0. Use a value that is consistent with the destination protocol. metric-type (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route {external | advertised into a routing domain.
Page 891: Redistribute Bgp
Related • default-information originate – generates a default route for the IS-IS domain. Commands • distribute-list out – suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. This command filters redistributed routing information. redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process. (New command in Release 6.3.1.) E-Series, S4810 Syntax redistribute bgp AS number [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2]...
Page 892: Redistribute Ospf
Command Modes for IPv4 ) • ROUTER ISIS ( for IPv6 ) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 ( Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps. You can set the metric Information value, level, and metric-type of redistributed routes by the redistribution command.
Page 893 • internal level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level-1-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 2 routes. This is the default. match {external | (OPTIONAL) The command used for OSPF to route and redistribute internal}...
Page 894: Router Isis
router isis Allows you to enable the IS-IS routing protocol and to specify an IP IS-IS process. E-Series, S4810 Syntax router isis [tag] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters (OPTIONAL) This is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified.
Page 895: Show Config
for IPv6 ) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 ( Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Set the overload bit when a router experiences problems, such as a memory shortage due to Information an incomplete link state database which can result in an incomplete or inaccurate routing table.
Page 896: Show Isis Database
show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database. E-Series, S4810 Syntax show isis database [level-1 | level-2] [local] [detail | summary] [lspid] Parameters level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 1 IS-IS link-state database. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 2 IS-IS link-state database. local (OPTIONAL) Displays local link-state database information.
Page 897 Attach bit to find the closest Level 2 router. They point a default route to the closest Level 2 router. This value represents the P bit. This bit is always set to zero as Dell Force10 does not support area partition repair.
Page 898: Show Isis Graceful-Restart Detail
IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 20 IP 10.3.3.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 20...
Page 899: Show Isis Hostname
show isis hostname Display IS-IS host names configured or learned on the E-Series. E-Series, S4810 Syntax show isis hostname Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example FTOS#show isis hostname System Id Dynamic Name Static Name *F100.E120.0013 Force10 ISIS...
Page 900: Show Isis Neighbors
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example FTOSF>show isis int GigabitEthernet 0/7 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.01 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1...
Page 901 Series, the range is 1 to 128. For the E-Series, the range is 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Page 902: Show Isis Protocol
Adjacency being used for MTs: IPv4 IPv6 FTOS# show isis protocol Display IS-IS routing information. E-Series, S4810 Syntax show isis protocol Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example The bold section below identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. FTOS#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: <Null Tag>...
Page 903 Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel followed by a number. For the C-Series and S- Series, the range is 1 to 128.
Page 904: Spf-Interval
Item Description LSP checksum Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. errors received LSP authentication Displays the number of LSP authentication failures. failures Example FTOS#sho is traffic IS-IS: Level-1 Hellos (sent/rcvd) : 0/721 IS-IS: Level-2 Hellos (sent/rcvd) : 900/943 IS-IS: PTP Hellos (sent/rcvd) : 0/0 IS-IS: Level-1 LSPs sourced (new/refresh) : 0/0 IS-IS: Level-2 LSPs sourced (new/refresh) : 1/3...
Page 905 second_wait_inte (OPTIONAL) Enter the wait interval, in seconds, between the first and rval seconds second SPF calculations. The range is 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes for IPv4 ) • ROUTER ISIS ( for IPv6 ) •...
Page 907: Link Aggregation Control Protocol (Lacp)
Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Force10’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs)—known as “port-channels” in the Dell Force10 operating software [FTOS]. The LACP commands in this chapter are supported by FTOS on all E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810 Dell Force10 systems.
Page 908: Debug Lacp
debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, etc.) C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [in | out | [interface [in | out]]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no debug lacp [config | events | pdu [in | out | [interface [in | out]]]] command.
Page 909: Lacp Long-Timeout
Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. C-Series, E-Series, S4810 Syntax lacp long-timeout...
Page 910: Lacp System-Priority
Parameters priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 911: Port-Channel Mode
port-channel mode Configure the LACP port channel mode. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S-Series Syntax port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] Parameters number Enter the keywords port-channel followed by a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is 1 to 128. For the E-Series, the range is 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
Page 912: Port-Channel-Protocol Lacp
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 913 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Port- FTOS#show lacp 1 Channel-Number) Port-channel 1 admin up, oper up, mode lacp Actor System ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b Partner System ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.45a5 Actor Admin Key 1, Oper Key 1, Partner Oper Key 1 LACP LAG 1 is an aggregatable link...
Page 915: Layer
• Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) Some MAC addressing commands are supported only on the E-Series, some commands on all three Dell Force10 platforms, and some commands on only two Dell Force10 platforms. The VLAN commands are supported on all the E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810 Dell Force10 platforms.
Page 916: Mac Accounting Destination
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel followed by a number. For the C-Series and S- Series, the range is 1 to 128. For the E-Series, the range is 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. •...
Page 917: Mac-Address-Table Aging-Time
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE (available on physical interfaces only) Command History Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage You must place the interface in Layer 2 mode (using the switchport command) prior to Information configuring the mac accounting destination command. mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to be removed from the MAC address table.
Page 918: Mac-Address-Table Static
show mac-address-table aging-time – displays the MAC aging time. mac-address-table static Associate specific MAC or hardware addresses to an interface and VLANs. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax mac-address-table static mac-address {multicast vlan vlan-id output—range interface}{output interface vlan vlan-id} To remove a MAC address, use the no mac-address-table static mac-address output interface vlan vlan-id command.
Page 919: Mac-Address-Table Station-Move Threshold
• For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. vlan-id vlan Enter the keyword vlan followed by a VLAN ID number from 1 to...
Page 920: Mac-Address-Table Station-Move Time-Interval
seconds interval Enter the keyword interval followed by the number of seconds. The range is 5 to 60. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Usage For information about the specific trap sent and the corresponding Syslog, refer to the...
Page 921: Mac-Address-Table Station-Move Refresh-Arp
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax [no] mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 922: Mac Learning-Limit
Defaults 75 (75% of the MAC CAM for MAC address learning) Command Modes CONFIGURATION Usage After setting the CAM partition size, the line card resets. Information Related show mac cam – displays the current MAC CAM partition values. Commands mac learning-limit Limit the maximum number of MAC addresses (static + dynamic) learned on a selected interface.
Page 923: Mac Learning-Limit Learn-Limit-Violation
Version 6.5.1.0 Added support for MAC Learning-Limit on the LAG. Usage This command and its options are supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, LACP LAGs, Information and VLANs. If you do not specify the vlan option, the MAC address counters is not VLAN-based. That is, the sum of the addresses learned on all VLANs (not having any learning limit configuration) is counted against the MAC learning limit.
Page 924: Mac Learning-Limit Mac-Address-Sticky
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage This is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Information Related show mac learning-limit...
Page 925: Mac Learning-Limit Station-Move-Violation
mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax mac learning-limit station-move-violation {log | shutdown-both | shutdown-offending | shutdown-original} To disable a configuration, use the no mac learning-limit station-move- violation command, followed by the configured keyword. Parameters Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a station move violation.
Page 926: Show Cam Mac Linecard (Count)
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show cam mac linecard (count) Display the content addressable memory (CAM) size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs.
Page 927: Show Cam Maccheck Linecard
vlan-id vlan (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 928: Show Cam Mac Linecard (Dynamic Or Static)
Example FTOS#show cam maccheck linecard 2 port-set 0 Dumping entries. From 0 to 16383. Progress . marks 100 memory table entries...Index 5576 (0x15c8) has valid entries (H: 2b9, E: 0) <MAC_ADDR=0xffffffffffff,VLAN_ID=0xfff,PRI=0,CPU=0,DST_DISCARD= SRC_DISCARD=0,SCP =0,TGID_LO=0,PORT_TGID=0,TGID_PORT=0,T=0,TGID_HI=0, L2MC_PTR=0,MODULE_ID=0,REMOTE_T RUNK=0,L3=0,MAC_BLOCK_INDEX=0,STATIC_BIT=1,RPE=0, MIRROR=0,VALID=1,EVEN_PARITY=0,HI TDA=0,HITSA=0> ..Index 6592 (0x19c0) has valid entries (H: 338, E: 0) <MAC_ADDR=0xa0000000,VLAN_ID=0xffe,PRI=0,CPU=0,DST_DISCARD=0, SRC_DISCARD=0,SCP=0,T GID_LO=0,PORT_TGID=0,TGID_PORT=0,T=0,TGID_HI=0,...
Page 929 port-pipe port-set (REQUIRED) Enter the keywords port-set followed by a Port-Pipe number to select the Port-Pipe for which to gather information. The range is 0 or 1. mac- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address followed by a MAC addr address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address.
Page 930: Show Cam Mac Stack-Unit
00:01:e8:0d:b7:3b LOCAL_DA 1e000 00:01:e8:0d:b7:3a LOCAL_DA 1e000 00:01:e8:00:04:00 SYSTEM_STATIC 01c05 01:80:00:00:00:00 SYSTEM_STATIC 01c05 01:00:0c:cc:cc:cc SYSTEM_STATIC 01c01 01:80:c2:00:00:02 SYSTEM_STATIC 01c02 01:80:c2:00:00:0e SYSTEM_STATIC 01c01 00:01:e8:0d:b7:68 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 00:01:e8:0d:b7:67 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 00:01:e8:0d:b7:66 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 00:01:e8:0d:b7:65 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 00:01:e8:0d:b7:64 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 00:01:e8:0d:b7:63 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 00:01:e8:0d:b7:62 SYSTEM_STATIC DROP 00:01:e8:0d:b7:61...
Page 931: Show Mac-Address-Table
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel followed by a number. For the S-Series, the range is 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information.
Page 932 • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel followed by a number. For the C-Series and S- Series, the range is 1 to 128. For the E-Series, the range is 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
Page 933 Column Heading Description Type Lists whether the MAC address was manually configured (Static), learned dynamically (Dynamic), or associated with a specific port (Sticky). Interface Displays the interface type and slot/port information. The following abbreviations describe the interface types: • gi — Gigabit Ethernet followed by a slot/port. •...
Page 934: Show Mac-Address-Table Aging-Time
show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] Parameters vlan-id vlan (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN.
Page 935 interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface interface type, slot and port information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Page 936: Show Mac Cam
show mac cam Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. E-Series Syntax show mac cam Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Usage The following describes the show mac cam command shown in the Example below. Information Field Description...
Page 937: Show Mac Learning-Limit
show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces. C-Series, E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show mac learning-limit [violate-action] [detail] [interface interface [vlan vlan-id]] Parameters violate-action (OPTIONALY) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail.
Page 938: Virtual Lan (Vlan) Commands
Example (E- FTOS#show mac learning-limit Series) Interface Vlan Learning Dynamic Static Unknown SA Slot/port Limit MAC count MAC count Drops Gi 5/84 Gi 5/84 Gi 5/85 Gi 5/85 FTOS#show mac learning-limit interface gig 5/84 Interface Vlan Learning Dynamic Static Unknown SA Slot/port Limit MAC count...
Page 939: Default Vlan-Id
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 6.3.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related show vlan – displays the VLAN configuration. Commands default vlan-id Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax default vlan-id vlan-id...
Page 940: Default-Vlan Disable
default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Page 941: Name
Example The bold lines show enabling VLAN output reveals the output statistics counters for the VLAN. FTOS(conf)#enable vlan-output-counters FTOS(conf)#exit FTOS#show interface vlan 101 Vlan 101 is down, line protocol is down Address is 00:01:e8:26:e0:5b, Current address is 00:01:e8:26:e0:5b Interface index is 1107787877 Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit...
Page 942: Show Config
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Usage To display information about a named VLAN, enter the show vlan command with the name Information parameter or the show interfaces description command.
Page 943: Show Vlan
show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • VLAN ID •...
Page 944 Column Heading Description • G = GVRP VLAN • P = primary VLAN • C = community VLAN • I = isolated VLAN • O = OpenFlow Displays existing VLAN IDs. Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active Status Displays the word for active VLANs.
Page 945 T Po20(Gi 13/6) T Gi 13/7 Active T Po20(Gi 13/6) T Gi 13/7 U Gi 13/3 Active U Po3(Gi 13/4) T Po20(Gi 13/6) T Gi 13/7 Active T Po20(Gi 13/6) T Gi 13/7 U Gi 13/5 P 100 Active T Po1(Gi 0/1) T Gi 0/2 C 101 Inactive T Gi 0/3...
Page 946: Tagged
Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack Status Description Q Ports Inactive U Gi 1/22 FTOS(conf-if-vl-222)# Example Status Description Q Ports (OpenFlow Inactive Inactive instance) Inactive Inactive Inactive...
Page 947: Track Ip
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Usage When you use the no tagged command, the interface is automatically placed in the Default Information VLAN as an untagged interface unless the interface is a member of another VLAN. If the interface belongs to several VLANs, you must remove it from all VLANs to change it to an untagged interface.
Page 948: Untagged
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Usage When this command is configured, the VLAN is operationally UP if any of the interfaces...
Page 949: Far-End Failure Detection (Fefd)
– specifies which interfaces in a VLAN are tagged. Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) The Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) supports far-end failure detection (FEFD) on the Ethernet interfaces of the E- Series, Z-Series, and S4810 platforms. The FEFD feature detects and reports far-end link failures.
Page 950: Fefd
Parameters events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging of FEFD state changes. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: •...
Page 951: Fefd-Global
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface Information because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command.
Page 952: Fefd Reset
Usage If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 Information seconds. If you disable FEFD globally (no fefd-global), the system does not remove the FEFD interface configuration. Related • fefd – enables far-end failure detection. Commands •...
Page 953: Show Fefd
show fefd View FEFD status globally or on a specific interface. E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show fefd [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 954 Field Description times the message interval. To reset an interface in this state, use the fefd reset command.) • unknown (only found when FEFD mode is normal. • locally disabled (interface contains the fefd reset command in its configuration). • Admin Shutdown (interface is disabled with the shutdown command).
Page 955: Link Layer Discovery Protocol (Lldp)
The Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab. The basic LLDP commands are supported by FTOS on all C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810 Dell Force10 systems. The starting point for using LLDP is invoking LLDP with the protocol lldp command in either CONFIGURATION or INTERFACE mode.
Page 956: Advertise Dot3-Tlv
port-vlan-id Enter the keywords port-vlan-id to advertise the port VLAN identification TLV. vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV. This keyword is only supported on the C-Series and S-Series. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if- interface -lldp) Command History Version 8.3.11.1...
Page 957: Advertise Management-Tlv
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system- capabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command.
Page 958: Advertise Management-Tlv (Interface)
advertise management-tlv (Interface) Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value) to the specified interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system- capabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command.
Page 959: Clear Lldp Neighbors
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 960: Debug Lldp Interface
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug lldp interface Enable LLDP debugging to display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}...
Page 961: Disable
both (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword both to display both receive and transmit packet information. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 962: Hello
hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer.
Page 963: Multiplier
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related protocol lldp (Configuration) – enables LLDP globally. Commands show lldp neighbors – displays the LLDP neighbors. multiplier Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax multiplier integer...
Page 964: Protocol Lldp (Interface)
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Interface) Enter the LLDP protocol in INTERFACE mode. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax [no] protocol lldp...
Page 965 Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/ port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. •...
Page 966: Show Lldp Statistics
show lldp statistics Display the LLDP statistical information. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show lldp statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Page 967: Lldp-Med Commands
• LLDP-MED Network Connectivity Device — any device that provides access to an IEEE 802 LAN to an LLDP- MED endpoint device, and supports IEEE 802.1AB (LLDP) and TIA-1057 (LLDP-MED). The Dell Force10 system is an LLDP-MED network connectivity device.
Page 968: Advertise Med Guest-Voice-Signaling
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 number priority.
Page 969: Advertise Med Location-Identification
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Related debug lldp interface – debugs LLDP. Commands show lldp neighbors –...
Page 970: Advertise Med Power-Via-Mdi
Usage • ECS — Emergency call service such as defined by TIA or the national emergency Information numbering association (NENA) • ELIN — Emergency location identification number, a valid North America Numbering Plan format telephone number supplied for ECS purposes. Related debug lldp interface –...
Page 971: Advertise Med Softphone-Voice
advertise med softphone-voice Configure the system to advertise softphone to enable IP telephony on a computer so that the computer can be used as a phone. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command.
Page 972: Advertise Med Video-Conferencing
To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is 0 to 7.
Page 973: Advertise Med Video-Signaling
priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 number priority. The range is 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
Page 974: Advertise Med Voice
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Related debug lldp interface – debugs LLDP. Commands show lldp neighbors – displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp – displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med voice Configure the system to advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services.
Page 975: Advertise Med Voice-Signaling
advertise med voice-signaling Configure the system to advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command.
Page 977: Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (Msdp)
MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. FTOS supports MSDP commands on the E-Series, S4810, or Z-Series Dell Force10 platforms. clear ip msdp peer Reset the TCP connection to the peer and clear all the peer statistics.
Page 978: Clear Ip Msdp Statistic
limit is configured, the RP or MSDP peer is unreachable, or because of a format error. local Enter the keyword local to clear out local PIM advertised entries. It applies the redistribute filter (if present) while adding the local PIM SA entries to the SA cache.
Page 979: Debug Ip Msdp
Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging. E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} To turn debugging off, use the no debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} command.
Page 980: Ip Msdp Default-Peer
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Related show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Commands ip msdp default-peer Define a default peer from which to accept all source-active (SA) messages. E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip msdp default-peer peer address [list name]...
Page 981: Ip Msdp Log-Adjacency-Changes
ip msdp log-adjacency-changes Enable logging of MSDP adjacency changes. E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip msdp log-adjacency-changes To disable logging, use the no ip msdp log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 982: Ip Msdp Originator-Id
ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/ port information.
Page 983: Ip Msdp Peer
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [sa- limit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect- source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
Page 984: Ip Msdp Redistribute
Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced Usage The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection. Information When an interface is specified using the connect-source option, the primary configured address on the interface is used. If the total number of SA messages received from the peer is already larger than the limit when this command is applied, those SA messages continue to be accepted.
Page 985: Ip Msdp Sa-Filter
ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access-list name] Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] command.
Page 986: Ip Msdp Shutdown
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage FTOS counts the SA messages originated by itself and those received from the MSDP peers. Information When the total SA messages reach this limit, the subsequent SA messages are dropped (even if they pass RPF checking and policy checking).
Page 987: Show Ip Msdp
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced show ip msdp Display the MSDP peer status, SA cache, or peer summary. E-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show ip msdp {peer peer address | sa-cache | summary} Parameters peer...
Page 988: Show Ip Msdp Sa-Cache Rejected-Sa
GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr LearnedFrom Expire UpTime 224.1.1.1 172.21.220.10 172.21.3.254 172.21.3.254 102 00:02:52 FTOS# Example FTOS#show ip msdp summary (Summary) Peer Addr Local Addr State Source SA Up/Down Description 72.30.1.2 72.30.1.1 Established none 0 00:00:03 peer1 72.30.2.2 72.30.2.1 Established none 0 00:00:03 peer2 72.30.3.2 72.30.3.1...
Page 989 00:00:13 225.1.2.17 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 13.1.1.2 Rpf-Fail 00:00:13 225.1.2.18 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 13.1.1.2 Rpf-Fail 00:00:13 225.1.2.19 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 13.1.1.2 Rpf-Fail FTOS#...
Page 991: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (Mstp)
Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by FTOS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Force10 E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, and S4810 platforms. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
Page 992: Description
• For Transmit, enter the keyword out. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug MSTP events. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 993: Forward-Delay
disable Globally disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the switch. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax disable To enable MSTP, enter the no disable command. Defaults disabled. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 994: Hello-Time
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Related max-age – changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. Commands hello-time – changes the time interval between bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). hello-time Set the time interval between generation of MSTB bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax hello-time seconds...
Page 995: Max-Hops
To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds the FTOS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History Version 8.3.11.1...
Page 996: Msti
parameter to the configured value of max-hops. When a switch receives the BPDU, it decrements the received value of the remaining hops and uses the resulting value as remaining-hops in the BPDUs. If the remaining-hops reaches zero, the switch discards the BPDU and ages out any information that it holds for the port.
Page 997: Protocol Spanning-Tree Mstp
name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command. Parameters region-name Enter the MST region name. The range is 32 character limit. Defaults no default name.
Page 998: Revision
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Usage MSTP is not enabled when you enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. To enable MSTP Information globally on the switch, enter the no disable command while in MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode.
Page 999: Show Spanning-Tree Mst Configuration
Related msti – maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. Commands name – assigns the region name to the MST region. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes...
Page 1000: Show Spanning-Tree Msti
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version Introduced on the E-Series. 6.2.1.1 Usage You must enable the multiple spanning tree protocol prior to using this command. Information Example FTOS#show spanning-tree mst configuration MST region name: CustomerSvc Revision: 2...
Page 1001 Version 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display the port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency. Usage You must enable the multiple spanning tree protocol prior to using this command. Information Example FTOS#show spanning-tree msti 10 MSTI 10 VLANs mapped 101-105 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e802.3506 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 5...
Page 1002 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge Boundary ---------------------------------------------------------- Gi 0/0 ErrDis 128.257 128 20000 EDS 0 FTOS#show spanning-tree msti 0 MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Root Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max...
Page 1003: Spanning-Tree
spanning-tree Enable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax spanning-tree To disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface, use the no spanning- tree command. Parameters spanning-tree Enter the keywords spanning-tree to enable the MSTP on the interface.
Page 1004: Spanning-Tree Mstp Edge-Port
• Port Channel interface with one 10-Gigabit Ethernet = 2000 • Port Channel with two 1-Gigabit Ethernet = 18000 • Port Channel with two 10-Gigabit Ethernet = 1800 • Port Channel with two 100-Mbps Ethernet = 180000 priority priority Enter keyword priority followed by a value in increments of 16 as the priority.
Page 1005: Tc-Flush-Standard
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the Information forwarding state.
Page 1006 1006...
Page 1007: Multicast
Multicast The multicast commands are supported by FTOS on all E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, or S4810 Dell Force10 platforms. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands • IPv6 Multicast Commands 1007...
Page 1008 1008...
Page 1009: Clear Ip Mroute
Object Missing This object is not available in the repository. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax clear ip mroute {group-address [source-address] | *} Parameters...
Page 1010: Ip Multicast-Lag-Hashing
Parameters destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device. mask Enter the mask in slash prefix formation ( /x ) or in dotted decimal format. null 0 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword null followed by zero (0). protocol (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the routing protocols: process-id | tag ]...
Page 1011: Ip Multicast-Limit
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage By default, one port channel member is chosen to forward multicast traffic. With this feature Information turned on, multicast traffic is distributed among the port channel members in a round-robin fashion.
Page 1012: Ip Multicast-Routing
Related show ip igmp groups – shows the IGMP groups. Commands ip multicast-routing Enable IP multicast forwarding. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, Z-Series, S4810 Syntax ip multicast-routing To disable multicast forwarding, use the no ip multicast-routing command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Page 1013: Mtrace
min- min-speed (OPTIONAL) Enter the minimum link speed that ports must have to speed receive the specified flooded multicast traffic. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage When you use the mac-flood-list command with the min-speed option in combination Information with the restrict-flood command, the mac-flood-list command has higher priority than the restrict-flood command.
Page 1014: Queue Backplane Multicast
Usage Mtrace is an IGMP protocol based on the Multicast trace route facility and implemented Information trace route facility for IP Multicast” (draft-fenner-traceroute- according to the IETF draft “A ipm-01.txt). FTOS supports the Mtrace client and transmit functionality. As an Mtrace client, FTOS transmits Mtrace queries, receives, parses, and prints out the details in the response packet received.
Page 1015: Restrict-Flooding
restrict-flooding Prevent Layer 2 multicast traffic from being flooded on ports below a specified link speed. E-Series TeraScale Syntax restrict-flooding multicast min-speed min-speed Parameters min- min-speed Enter the minimum link speed that a port must have to receive flooded speed multicast traffic.
Page 1016 rate ] active [ (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to view only active multicast routes. Enter a rate to view active routes over the specified rate. The range is 0 to 10000000. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to view the number of multicast routes and packets on the E-Series.
Page 1017 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/11 GigabitEthernet 4/13 (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:03:17 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/11 GigabitEthernet 4/13 GigabitEthernet 4/20 Usage The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the Example below. Information Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table.

Dell Force10 Z9000 Reference Manual

Notes, Cautions, and Warnings

1 About this Guide

151 CLI Basics

3 File Management

4 Control and Monitoring

802.1X

6 Access Control Lists (ACL)

7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD)

8 Border Gateway Protocol

Quick Links

Related Manuals for Dell Force10 Z9000

Summary of Contents for Dell Force10 Z9000